TWI626090B - Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method - Google Patents

Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI626090B
TWI626090B TW105131017A TW105131017A TWI626090B TW I626090 B TWI626090 B TW I626090B TW 105131017 A TW105131017 A TW 105131017A TW 105131017 A TW105131017 A TW 105131017A TW I626090 B TWI626090 B TW I626090B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
magnet
substrate
movable pin
moving
rotary table
Prior art date
Application number
TW105131017A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201720542A (en
Inventor
蒲裕充
瀧昭彥
Original Assignee
思可林集團股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 思可林集團股份有限公司 filed Critical 思可林集團股份有限公司
Publication of TW201720542A publication Critical patent/TW201720542A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI626090B publication Critical patent/TWI626090B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/687Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches
    • H01L21/68714Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support
    • H01L21/6875Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support characterised by a plurality of individual support members, e.g. support posts or protrusions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/687Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches
    • H01L21/68714Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support
    • H01L21/68764Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support characterised by a movable susceptor, stage or support, others than those only rotating on their own vertical axis, e.g. susceptors on a rotating caroussel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02104Forming layers
    • H01L21/02107Forming insulating materials on a substrate
    • H01L21/02296Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the treatment performed before or after the formation of the layer
    • H01L21/02299Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the treatment performed before or after the formation of the layer pre-treatment
    • H01L21/02307Forming insulating materials on a substrate characterised by the treatment performed before or after the formation of the layer pre-treatment treatment by exposure to a liquid
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67005Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67011Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
    • H01L21/6715Apparatus for applying a liquid, a resin, an ink or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/687Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches
    • H01L21/68714Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support
    • H01L21/68742Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support characterised by a lifting arrangement, e.g. lift pins
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/687Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches
    • H01L21/68714Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support
    • H01L21/68785Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support characterised by the mechanical construction of the susceptor, stage or support
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/687Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches
    • H01L21/68714Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support
    • H01L21/68792Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using mechanical means, e.g. chucks, clamps or pinches the wafers being placed on a susceptor, stage or support characterised by the construction of the shaft

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Container, Conveyance, Adherence, Positioning, Of Wafer (AREA)
  • Cleaning Or Drying Semiconductors (AREA)

Abstract

該基板保持旋轉裝置包含:施壓單元,其將可動銷之支撐部施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者;第1驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第1可動銷群而安裝,且具有於與沿著旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上彼此相同之磁極方向;第2驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第2可動銷群而安裝,且具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上與上述第1驅動用磁鐵相反之磁極方向;第1移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,且藉由該斥力或該吸引力將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之另一者;及第2移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,且藉由該斥力或該吸引力將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述另一者。 The substrate holding and rotating device includes a pressing unit that presses a support portion of the movable pin to one of an open position and a holding position; a first driving magnet that is mounted corresponding to each of the first movable pin groups, and The magnetic pole directions are the same as each other in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis. The second driving magnet is mounted corresponding to each of the second movable pin groups. The direction of intersection is opposite to that of the first driving magnet. The first moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis. A repulsive force or an attractive magnetic pole direction is imparted between the magnets, and the support portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the held position by the repulsive force or the attractive force; and The second moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a magnetic pole direction that imparts a repulsive force or an attractive force to the second driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to an axis along the rotation axis. The support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to the other one of the open position and the holding position by the repulsive force or the attractive force.

Description

基板保持旋轉裝置及具備其之基板處理裝置、暨基板處理方法 Substrate holding rotation device, substrate processing device including the same, and substrate processing method

本發明係關於一種基板保持旋轉裝置及具備其之基板處理裝置、以及基板處理方法。保持對象或處理對象之基板例如包含半導體晶圓、液晶顯示裝置用基板、電漿顯示器用基板、場發射顯示器(Field Emission Display,FED)用基板、光碟用基板、磁碟用基板、磁光碟用基板、光罩用基板、陶瓷基板、太陽能電池用基板等。 The present invention relates to a substrate holding and rotating device, a substrate processing apparatus including the same, and a substrate processing method. The substrate to be held or processed includes, for example, a semiconductor wafer, a substrate for a liquid crystal display device, a substrate for a plasma display, a substrate for a field emission display (FED), a substrate for an optical disk, a substrate for a magnetic disk, and a magneto-optical disk. Substrates, substrates for photomasks, ceramic substrates, substrates for solar cells, and the like.

US2013/0152971 A1中揭示有一種旋轉式基板保持旋轉裝置,其具備:旋轉台,其可繞沿著鉛垂方向之旋轉軸線旋轉;旋轉驅動單元,其使旋轉台繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉;及複數根(例如4根)保持銷,其等配設於旋轉台,將基板自旋轉台表面隔開既定間隔地水平定位。 US2013 / 0152971 A1 discloses a rotary substrate holding and rotating device, which includes: a rotating table that can rotate about a rotation axis along a vertical direction; a rotation driving unit that rotates the rotating table around the above rotation axis; and a plurality of Root (for example, 4) holding pins are arranged on the turntable, and the substrate is horizontally positioned at a predetermined interval from the surface of the turntable.

複數根保持銷包含相對於旋轉台不動之固定銷、及相對於旋轉台可動之可動銷。可動銷係可繞與其中心軸線同軸之旋轉軸旋轉地設置,且具有用以抵接於基板之周端緣之抵接部。藉由抵接部之旋轉,而使抵接部於遠離旋轉軸線之較遠之開放位置與靠近旋轉軸線之保持位置之間移位。於抵接部之旋轉軸結合有銷驅動用 磁鐵。 The plurality of holding pins include a fixed pin which is immovable with respect to the turntable, and a movable pin which is movable with respect to the turntable. The movable pin is rotatably provided around a rotation axis coaxial with a central axis thereof, and has a contact portion for contacting a peripheral edge of the substrate. By the rotation of the abutment portion, the abutment portion is displaced between an open position farther from the rotation axis and a holding position closer to the rotation axis. Pin driving is connected to the rotating shaft of the contact part magnet.

可動銷之開關之切換係使用配置於旋轉台之下方之升降磁鐵而進行(磁鐵切換方式)。於升降磁鐵結合有磁鐵升降單元。於升降磁鐵位於既定之下位置時,升降磁鐵不與銷驅動用磁鐵對向,因此,不對可動銷作用將該可動銷朝其保持位置施壓之外力。因此,於升降磁鐵位於下位置時,可動銷保持於其開放位置。另一方面,於升降磁鐵位於既定之上位置時,藉由升降磁鐵與銷驅動用磁鐵之間之磁吸引力將可動銷保持於其保持位置。 The switch of the movable pin is switched using a lifting magnet arranged below the turntable (magnet switching method). A magnet lifting unit is coupled to the lifting magnet. When the lifting magnet is located at a predetermined lower position, the lifting magnet is not opposed to the pin driving magnet. Therefore, no force is applied to the movable pin to press the movable pin toward its holding position. Therefore, when the lifting magnet is in the lower position, the movable pin is held in its open position. On the other hand, when the lifting magnet is positioned above a predetermined position, the movable pin is held in its holding position by a magnetic attraction force between the lifting magnet and the pin driving magnet.

而且,上述基板保持旋轉裝置設於對基板逐片進行處理之單片式基板處理裝置,對藉由基板保持旋轉裝置而旋轉之基板之上表面自處理液噴嘴供給處理液(清洗藥液)。供給至基板之上表面之處理液受到基板之旋轉所產生之離心力之影響而朝向基板之周緣部流動。藉此,對基板之上表面之整個區域及基板之周端面進行液體處理。又,根據基板處理之種類,亦有亦欲對基板之下表面之周緣部進行液體處理之情形。 The substrate holding and rotating device is provided in a single-piece substrate processing device that processes substrates one by one, and supplies a processing liquid (cleaning liquid) from a processing liquid nozzle to the upper surface of the substrate that is rotated by the substrate holding and rotating device. The processing liquid supplied to the upper surface of the substrate is affected by the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the substrate, and flows toward the peripheral edge portion of the substrate. Thereby, the entire area of the upper surface of the substrate and the peripheral end surface of the substrate are subjected to liquid treatment. In addition, depending on the type of substrate processing, there may be a case where the peripheral portion of the lower surface of the substrate is also subjected to liquid processing.

然而,於US2013/0152971 A1記載之構成中,於液體處理之期間,始終藉由複數根(例如4根)保持銷接觸支撐基板,因此,有於基板之周端面之保持銷之複數個部位之抵接位置處理液不流回而於基板之周緣部(基板之周端面及基板之下表面之周緣部)產生清洗殘留物之虞。若於使基板旋轉之期間使基板之接觸支撐位置變化,則可不產生清洗殘留物地清洗基板之周緣部,但為了實現此種接觸支撐位置之變化,而必須於基板之處理過程中僅選擇性地將設置於旋轉中之旋轉台之複數根保持銷中之一部分保持銷打開。然 而,於上述專利文獻1記載之磁鐵切換方式之基板保持旋轉裝置,用以切換可動銷之開關之升降磁鐵係非旋轉地設置,因此,無法僅選擇性地將設置於旋轉中之旋轉台之複數根保持銷中之一部分保持銷打開。假設於上述專利文獻1中於旋轉台之旋轉中將升降磁鐵配置於下位置而將2個可動銷之兩者設為開狀態,則有基板自處於旋轉狀態之旋轉台脫離之虞。 However, in the structure described in US2013 / 0152971 A1, a plurality of (for example, four) holding pins are always in contact with the support substrate during the liquid processing period. Therefore, there are a plurality of positions of the holding pins on the peripheral end surface of the substrate. The processing liquid at the abutting position does not flow back, and a cleaning residue may be generated at the peripheral edge portion of the substrate (the peripheral end surface of the substrate and the peripheral edge portion of the lower surface of the substrate). If the contact and support position of the substrate is changed during the rotation of the substrate, the peripheral portion of the substrate can be cleaned without generating cleaning residues. However, in order to realize such a change in the contact and support position, it is necessary to select only the substrate during the processing One of the plurality of retaining pins provided on the rotating turntable is partially opened. Of course Moreover, the substrate holding rotating device of the magnet switching method described in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 is provided with a non-rotating lifting magnet for switching the switch of the movable pin, and therefore, it is not possible to selectively only install the rotating table provided on the rotating table. One of the plurality of holding pins is held open. Assuming that the lifting magnet is disposed at the lower position and both of the two movable pins are turned on during the rotation of the rotary table in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1, the substrate may be detached from the rotary table in the rotary state.

因此,本發明之一目的在於提供一種磁鐵切換方式之基板保持旋轉裝置,其可良好地支撐基板並使其旋轉,且可於基板之旋轉中使可動銷對基板之接觸支撐位置變化。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a substrate holding and rotating device with a magnet switching method, which can support and rotate the substrate well, and can change the contact and support position of the movable pin to the substrate during the rotation of the substrate.

又,本發明之另一目的在於提供一種可不產生處理殘留物地良好地對基板之周緣部進行處理的基板處理裝置及基板處理方法。 Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a substrate processing apparatus and a substrate processing method capable of processing a peripheral portion of a substrate well without generating a processing residue.

本發明提供一種基板保持旋轉裝置,其包含:旋轉台;旋轉驅動單元,其使上述旋轉台繞沿著鉛垂方向之旋轉軸線旋轉;及可動銷,其係用以將基板水平地支撐之複數根可動銷,具有可移動地設置於遠離上述旋轉軸線之較遠之開放位置與靠近上述旋轉軸線之保持位置之間的支撐部,且以與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉之方式設置;上述複數根可動銷包含:第1可動銷群,其包含至少3根可動銷;及第2可動銷群,其與第1可動銷群分開地設置,且包含至少3根可動銷;且該基板保持旋轉裝置進而包含:施壓單元,其將各可動銷之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之一者;第1驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第1可動銷群而安裝,且具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上彼此相同之磁極方向;第2驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第2可動銷群而安裝, 且具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上與上述第1驅動用磁鐵相反之磁極方向;第1移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,且藉由該斥力或該吸引力將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之另一者;第2移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般之磁極方向,且藉由該斥力或該吸引力將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述另一者;第1相對移動單元,其使上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台在上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第1位置和上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第2位置之間相對移動;及第2相對移動單元,其使上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台獨立於上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動而在上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第3位置和上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第4位置之間相對移動。 The invention provides a substrate holding and rotating device, which includes: a rotating table; a rotation driving unit that rotates the rotating table about a rotation axis in a vertical direction; and a movable pin for supporting a plurality of substrates horizontally. The movable pin has a support portion movably disposed between an open position far from the rotation axis and a holding position close to the rotation axis, and is arranged to rotate around the rotation axis together with the rotation table; The plurality of movable pins includes: a first movable pin group including at least three movable pins; and a second movable pin group provided separately from the first movable pin group and including at least three movable pins; and the substrate The holding and rotating device further includes a pressing unit that presses the support portion of each movable pin to one of the open position and the holding position, and a first driving magnet corresponding to each of the first movable pin groups. Mounted and having magnetic pole directions identical to each other in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis; a second driving magnet corresponding to each of the second movable pin groups. Loaded, And has a magnetic pole direction opposite to the first driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis; the first moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has an axis with the axis along the rotation axis A repulsive force or an attractive magnetic pole direction is provided between the orthogonal direction and the first driving magnet, and the support portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to the opening by the repulsive force or the attractive force. The second position or the holding position; the second moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a repulsive force between the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to an axis along the rotation axis; Or an attractive magnetic pole direction, and the supporting part of the second movable pin group is pressed to the other one of the open position and the holding position by the repulsive force or the attractive force; the first relative moving unit Wherein the first moving magnet and the turntable are provided at the first position where the repulsive force or the attractive force is provided between the first moving magnet and the first driving magnet, and the first moving magnet A relative movement between the iron and the first driving magnet at a second position that does not impart the repulsive force and the attractive force; and a second relative moving unit that separates the second moving magnet and the rotary table from the first (1) a relative movement between the moving magnet and the turntable, and a third position that imparts the repulsive force or the attractive force between the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet; and the second moving magnet is driven relative to the second drive The fourth position, which does not impart the repulsive force and the attractive force between the magnets, moves relatively.

根據該構成,於旋轉台設置有複數根可動銷,各可動銷具有可移動地設置於開放位置與保持位置之間之支撐部。各可動銷之支撐部係由施壓單元施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者。 According to this configuration, a plurality of movable pins are provided on the turntable, and each movable pin has a support portion movably provided between the open position and the holding position. The support portion of each movable pin is pressed by the pressure applying unit to one of the open position and the holding position.

複數根可動銷包含第1可動銷群與第2可動銷群。對應於第1可動銷群而安裝之第1驅動用磁鐵之磁極方向係於旋轉台之徑向上彼此相同,對應於第2可動銷群而安裝之第2驅動用磁鐵 之磁極方向係與第1驅動用磁鐵之磁極方向相反,且於旋轉台之徑向上彼此相同。 The plurality of movable pins includes a first movable pin group and a second movable pin group. The magnetic pole directions of the first driving magnets installed corresponding to the first movable pin group are the same in the radial direction of the turntable, and the second driving magnets installed corresponding to the second movable pin group are the same. The magnetic pole directions are opposite to the magnetic pole directions of the first driving magnet and are the same as each other in the radial direction of the turntable.

又,具有於與第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般之磁極方向的第1移動磁鐵以非旋轉狀態設置。第1移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對位置係藉由第1相對移動單元而在第1移動磁鐵於與第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力之第1位置和第1移動磁鐵於與第1驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予斥力及吸引力之第2位置之間相對移動。 In addition, the first moving magnet having a magnetic pole direction giving repulsive force or attractive force to the first driving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state. The relative position between the first moving magnet and the turntable is a first position that provides repulsive force or attractive force between the first moving magnet and the first driving magnet by the first relative moving unit, and the first moving magnet and the first The relative movement between the 1 driving magnet and the second position where no repulsive force or attractive force is imparted.

進而,具有於與第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般之磁極方向的第2移動磁鐵以非旋轉狀態設置。第2移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對位置係藉由第2相對移動單元而在第2移動磁鐵於與第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力之第3位置和第2移動磁鐵於與第2驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予斥力及吸引力之第4位置之間相對移動。 Furthermore, the second moving magnet having a magnetic pole direction giving repulsive force or attractive force to the second driving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state. The relative position between the second moving magnet and the turntable is a third position that imparts a repulsive force or an attractive force between the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet by the second relative moving unit. 2 The driving magnets move relative to each other at a fourth position where no repulsive force or attractive force is imparted.

藉由在旋轉台之旋轉狀態下使第1移動磁鐵配置於第1位置且使第2移動磁鐵配置於第4位置,而使來自移動磁鐵(第1移動磁鐵)之斥力或吸引力僅賦予至與第1可動銷群對應之驅動用磁鐵即第1驅動用磁鐵。藉由該斥力或該吸引力,而使第1可動銷群之支撐部抵抗施壓單元之施壓力而被施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之另一者。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之另一者,且第2可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者。即,基板係由支撐部被施壓至保持位置之可動銷群(第1及第2可動銷群之一者)中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 By disposing the first moving magnet at the first position and the second moving magnet at the fourth position in the rotating state of the turntable, the repulsive force or attractive force from the moving magnet (the first moving magnet) is only given to The first driving magnet is a driving magnet corresponding to the first movable pin group. By the repulsive force or the attractive force, the supporting portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the held position against the pressure of the pressure applying unit. In this state, the support portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the holding position, and the support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position. . That is, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the movable pin group (one of the first and second movable pin groups) pressed to the holding position by the support portion.

另一方面,藉由在旋轉台之旋轉狀態下使第1移動磁鐵配置於第2位置且使第2移動磁鐵配置於第3位置,而使來自移動磁鐵(第2移動磁鐵)之斥力或吸引力僅賦予至與第2可動銷群對應之驅動用磁鐵即第2驅動用磁鐵。藉由該斥力或該吸引力,而使第2可動銷群之支撐部抵抗施壓單元之施壓力而被施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之另一者。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者,且第2可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之另一者。即,基板係由支撐部被施壓至保持位置之可動銷群(第1及第2可動銷群之另一者)中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 On the other hand, the first moving magnet is placed at the second position and the second moving magnet is placed at the third position in the rotating state of the turntable, so that the repulsive force or attraction from the moving magnet (the second moving magnet) is attracted. The force is applied only to the second driving magnet which is a driving magnet corresponding to the second movable pin group. By the repulsive force or the attractive force, the support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the held position against the pressure of the pressure applying unit. In this state, the support portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position, and the support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the holding position. . That is, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the movable pin group (the other of the first and second movable pin groups) whose support portion is pressed to the holding position.

藉由如此般於基板之旋轉狀態下使第1移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對位置、及第2移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對位置分別相對移動,而可於由包含3根以上之可動銷之第1可動銷群支撐基板之狀態與由包含3根以上之可動銷之第2可動銷群支撐基板之狀態之間轉變。 The relative positions of the first moving magnet and the rotary table and the relative positions of the second moving magnet and the rotary table are relatively moved respectively in the rotating state of the substrate, so that the first moving magnet and the rotating table can be relatively moved. 1 The state of the substrate supporting the movable pin group and the state of supporting the substrate by the second movable pin group including three or more movable pins.

根據以上情況,可提供一種磁鐵切換方式之基板保持旋轉裝置,其可良好地支撐基板並使其旋轉,且可於基板之旋轉中使可動銷對基板之接觸支撐位置變化。 According to the above, a substrate holding and rotating device with a magnet switching method can be provided, which can support and rotate the substrate well, and can change the contact and support position of the movable pin to the substrate during the rotation of the substrate.

於本發明之一實施形態中,上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別於該第1及第2移動磁鐵位於上述第1或第3位置且上述旋轉台之旋轉狀態下,形成伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之各可動銷能夠通過的、與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之磁場產生區域。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the first and second moving magnets are respectively formed with the rotating table in a state where the first and second moving magnets are located at the first or third position and the rotating table is rotated. A ring-shaped magnetic field generating region that is coaxial with the rotation axis and can pass through each of the movable pins that rotates.

根據該構成,藉由第1移動磁鐵而形成之磁場產生區域及藉由第2移動磁鐵而形成之磁場產生區域分別形成圓環狀,因 此,於旋轉台之旋轉狀態下與所有可動銷對應之驅動用磁鐵(第1驅動用磁鐵及第2驅動用磁鐵)同時通過磁場產生區域。因此,於將第1移動磁鐵配置於第1位置之狀態下,可於與和第1可動銷群中包含之所有可動銷對應之第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力。又,於將第2移動磁鐵配置於第3位置之狀態下,可於與和第2可動銷群中包含之所有可動銷對應之第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力。 According to this configuration, the magnetic field generating area formed by the first moving magnet and the magnetic field generating area formed by the second moving magnet are formed into a ring shape, respectively. Therefore, the driving magnets (the first driving magnet and the second driving magnet) corresponding to all the movable pins in the rotating state of the turntable simultaneously pass through the magnetic field generation area. Therefore, in a state where the first movable magnet is disposed at the first position, repulsive force or attractive force can be imparted between the first driving magnets corresponding to all the movable pins included in the first movable pin group. Further, in a state where the second moving magnet is arranged at the third position, repulsive force or attractive force can be imparted between the second driving magnets corresponding to all the movable pins included in the second movable pin group.

又,亦可為,上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別設置有彼此為相同數量之複數個,且上述複數個第1移動磁鐵及上述複數個第2移動磁鐵係於俯視時於上述旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地且以整體上形成與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之方式配置。 In addition, the first and second moving magnets may be provided with a plurality of the same number of each other, and the plurality of first moving magnets and the plurality of second moving magnets are arranged on the rotary table in a plan view. They are arranged alternately in the circumferential direction so as to form a ring shape coaxial with the rotation axis as a whole.

根據該構成,複數個第1移動磁鐵及複數個第2移動磁鐵係於旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地配置。又,複數個第1移動磁鐵及複數個第2移動磁鐵係以整體上形成與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之方式配置。於該情形時,若著眼於各種移動磁鐵(第1移動磁鐵或第2移動磁鐵),則該移動磁鐵係於旋轉軸線之同軸圓周上於旋轉台之圓周方向間斷地配置。於該情形時,亦能夠根據旋轉台之旋轉速度如何及/或各移動磁鐵之圓周方向長度如何而將磁場產生區域設置成圓環狀。 According to this configuration, the plurality of first moving magnets and the plurality of second moving magnets are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the turntable. The plurality of first moving magnets and the plurality of second moving magnets are arranged so as to form a ring shape coaxial with the rotation axis as a whole. In this case, when focusing on various moving magnets (the first moving magnet or the second moving magnet), the moving magnets are intermittently arranged on the coaxial circumference of the rotation axis in the circumferential direction of the turntable. In this case, it is also possible to set the magnetic field generating area into a ring shape according to the rotation speed of the turntable and / or the circumferential length of each moving magnet.

亦可為,上述第1可動銷群包含與上述第2可動銷群為相同數量之上述可動銷,上述第1及第2可動銷群係於上述旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地且以各可動銷群中包含之複數根可動銷成為等間隔之方式配置,且上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別以與各可動銷群中包含之上述可動銷之數量相同之數量於上述旋轉台之圓周 方向等間隔地配置。 The first movable pin group may include the same number of movable pins as the second movable pin group, and the first and second movable pin groups may be alternately and individually movable in the circumferential direction of the rotary table. The plurality of movable pins included in the pin group are arranged at equal intervals, and the first and second moving magnets are respectively on the circumference of the rotary table with the same number as the number of the movable pins included in each movable pin group. The directions are arranged at equal intervals.

根據該構成,第1及第2可動銷群於旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地配置,且以各可動銷群中包含之複數根可動銷成為等間隔之方式設置,因此,可於由3個以上之第1可動銷群支撐基板之狀態及由3個以上之第2可動銷群支撐基板之狀態之各狀態下藉由各可動銷群良好地支撐基板。 According to this configuration, the first and second movable pin groups are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the turntable, and the plurality of movable pins included in each movable pin group are arranged at equal intervals. In each of the states where the substrate is supported by the first movable pin group and the state where the substrate is supported by the three or more second movable pin groups, the substrate is well supported by each movable pin group.

又,由於第1及第2移動磁鐵分別以與各可動銷群中包含之上述可動銷之數量相同之數量於上述旋轉台之圓周方向等間隔地配置,故而於旋轉台之非旋轉狀態下,第1及第2移動磁鐵亦能夠分別於與和第1及第2可動銷群對應之驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力。 In addition, since the first and second moving magnets are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the rotary table in the same number as the number of the movable pins included in each movable pin group, in the non-rotating state of the rotary table, The first and second moving magnets can also provide a repulsive force or an attractive force between the driving magnets corresponding to the first and second movable pin groups, respectively.

上述第1移動磁鐵及上述第2移動磁鐵亦可配置成與上述旋轉軸線同軸且俯視時呈雙重圓環狀。 The first moving magnet and the second moving magnet may be disposed coaxially with the rotation axis and having a double circular ring shape in a plan view.

根據該構成,由於使用圓環狀之第1移動磁鐵及圓環狀之第2移動磁鐵,故而可於旋轉台之旋轉狀態下確實地將磁場產生區域設置成環狀。 According to this configuration, since the ring-shaped first moving magnet and the ring-shaped second moving magnet are used, it is possible to reliably set the magnetic field generating region in a ring shape while the rotary table is in a rotating state.

又,上述施壓單元亦可進而包含:第1施壓用磁鐵,其用以藉由在與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力而將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述一者;及第2施壓用磁鐵,其用以藉由在與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力而將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述一者。 Further, the pressure applying unit may further include a first pressing magnet for applying the repulsive force or attractive force to the first driving magnet to form the supporting portion of the first movable pin group. Pressing to one of the open position and the holding position; and a second pressing magnet for moving the second movable part by applying a repulsive force or an attractive force to the second driving magnet. The support portion of the pin group is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position.

根據該構成,藉由第1施壓用磁鐵及第2施壓用磁鐵將各可動銷之支撐部施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者。藉此, 可簡單地實現將各可動銷之支撐部施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者之構成。 According to this configuration, the support portion of each movable pin is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position by the first pressing magnet and the second pressing magnet. With this, The structure of pressing the support part of each movable pin to one of an open position and a holding position can be easily realized.

上述第1及第2施壓用磁鐵亦可以無法相對於上述旋轉台相對移動之方式設置。 The first and second pressing magnets may be installed in such a manner that they cannot move relative to the rotary table.

根據該構成,可始終將各可動銷之支撐部施壓至開放位置及保持位置中之一者。 With this configuration, it is possible to always press the support portion of each movable pin to one of the open position and the holding position.

亦可進而包含保護盤,該保護盤係配置於上述旋轉台與基於上述複數根可動銷之基板保持位置之間,以可在下位置與於相較下位置更靠上方接近上述保持構件所保持之基板之下表面之接近位置之間,相對於上述旋轉台相對地上下移動,並與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉的方式,安裝於上述旋轉台;上述第1及第2施壓用磁鐵係以可與上述保護盤一同上下移動之方式設置。 It may further include a protection disc, which is arranged between the rotary table and the substrate holding position based on the plurality of movable pins, so as to be able to be held closer to the holding member and held in the lower position and above the lower position. The first and second pressing magnets are mounted on the rotary table in such a manner as to move up and down relative to the rotary table relative to the lower surface of the substrate, and rotate together with the rotary table about the rotation axis. It is installed in such a way that it can move up and down together with the protection disk.

根據該構成,藉由使保護盤上下移動,而可使第1及第2施壓用磁鐵上下移動。因此,無須除保護盤上下移動用之升降單元以外另外設置第1及第2施壓用磁鐵,藉此,可謀求裝置構成之簡化及成本降低。 According to this configuration, the first and second pressing magnets can be moved up and down by moving the protection plate up and down. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide the first and second pressure magnets in addition to the lifting unit for protecting the disk from moving up and down, thereby simplifying the device configuration and reducing costs.

亦可為,上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述一者係上述保持位置,且上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述另一者係上述開放位置。 One of the open position and the holding position may be the holding position, and the other of the opening position and the holding position may be the opening position.

根據該構成,各可動銷之支撐部由施壓單元施壓至保持位置。藉由在旋轉台之旋轉狀態下使第1移動磁鐵配置於第1位置且使第2移動磁鐵配置於第4位置,而使來自移動磁鐵(第1移動磁鐵)之斥力或吸引力僅賦予至與第1可動銷群對應之驅動用磁鐵即第1驅動用磁鐵。藉由該斥力或該吸引力,而使第1可動銷群 之支撐部抵抗施壓單元之施壓力而被施壓至開放位置。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至開放位置,且第2可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至保持位置。即,基板係由第2可動銷群中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 According to this configuration, the support portion of each movable pin is pressed to the holding position by the pressing unit. By disposing the first moving magnet at the first position and the second moving magnet at the fourth position in the rotating state of the turntable, the repulsive force or attractive force from the moving magnet (the first moving magnet) is only given to The first driving magnet is a driving magnet corresponding to the first movable pin group. The repulsive force or the attractive force makes the first movable pin group The supporting portion is pressed to the open position against the pressing force of the pressing unit. In this state, the support portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to the open position, and the support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to the holding position. That is, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the second movable pin group.

另一方面,藉由在旋轉台之旋轉狀態下使第1移動磁鐵配置於第2位置且使第2移動磁鐵配置於第3位置,而使來自移動磁鐵(第2移動磁鐵)之斥力或吸引力僅賦予至與第2可動銷群對應之驅動用磁鐵即第2驅動用磁鐵。藉由該斥力或該吸引力,而使第2可動銷群之支撐部抵抗施壓單元之施壓力而被施壓至開放位置。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至保持位置,且第2可動銷群之支撐部被施壓至開放位置。即,基板係由第1可動銷群中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 On the other hand, the first moving magnet is placed at the second position and the second moving magnet is placed at the third position in the rotating state of the turntable, so that the repulsive force or attraction from the moving magnet (the second moving magnet) is attracted. The force is applied only to the second driving magnet which is a driving magnet corresponding to the second movable pin group. By the repulsive force or the attractive force, the support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to the open position against the pressure of the pressure applying unit. In this state, the support portion of the first movable pin group is pressed to the holding position, and the support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to the open position. That is, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the first movable pin group.

亦可進而包含:保護盤,其配置於上述旋轉台與基於上述複數根可動銷之基板保持位置之間,且以可在下位置與於相較下位置更靠上方接近上述保持構件所保持之基板之下表面之接近位置之間,相對於上述旋轉台相對地上下移動,並與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉的方式,安裝於上述旋轉台;第1上浮用磁鐵,其安裝於上述保護盤;第2上浮用磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,且對上述第1上浮用磁鐵賦予斥力;及第3相對移動單元,其使上述第2上浮用磁鐵與上述旋轉台獨立於上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動及上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動之各者而以上述第1上浮用磁鐵與上述第2上浮用磁鐵之間之距離變化之方式相對移動。 It may further include: a protective disk arranged between the rotary table and the substrate holding position based on the plurality of movable pins, and further approaching the substrate held by the holding member in a lower position and a position higher than the lower position. Between the approaching positions of the lower surface, it is relatively moved up and down relative to the rotary table, and is mounted on the rotary table in such a manner that it rotates with the rotary table about the rotation axis. The first floating magnet is mounted on the protection. Disk; a second floating magnet, which is provided in a non-rotating state, and gives a repulsive force to the first floating magnet; and a third relative moving unit, which separates the second floating magnet and the rotary table from the first Each of the relative movement of the moving magnet and the rotary table and the relative movement of the second moving magnet and the rotary table relatively moves in such a manner that the distance between the first floating magnet and the second floating magnet changes.

根據該構成,使第2上浮用磁鐵與旋轉台之相對移動 獨立於第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動及第2移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對移動之各者而進行。藉此,可無關於保護盤之上下位置而進行第1移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對移動動作或第2移動磁鐵與旋轉台之相對移動動作。 According to this configuration, the second floating magnet and the rotary table are relatively moved. It is performed independently of each of the relative movement of the first moving magnet and the rotary table and the relative movement of the second moving magnet and the rotary table. This makes it possible to perform the relative movement operation of the first moving magnet and the rotary table or the relative movement operation of the second moving magnet and the rotary table regardless of the up and down positions of the protective disk.

本發明提供一種基板處理裝置,其包含:上述基板保持旋轉裝置;及處理液供給單元,其對由上述基板保持旋轉裝置保持之基板之上表面供給處理液。 The present invention provides a substrate processing apparatus including: the substrate holding and rotating device; and a processing liquid supply unit that supplies a processing liquid to an upper surface of a substrate held by the substrate holding and rotating device.

根據該構成,自處理液供給單元對基板之主面供給處理液。供給至基板之主面之處理液受到基板之旋轉所產生之離心力之影響而朝向基板之周緣部流動。藉此,利用處理液對基板之周緣部進行液體處理。於本發明中,可於基板之旋轉中使可動銷對基板之接觸支撐位置變化。因此,可不產生處理殘留物地良好地對基板之周緣部進行處理。 According to this configuration, the processing liquid is supplied from the processing liquid supply unit to the main surface of the substrate. The processing liquid supplied to the main surface of the substrate flows toward the peripheral edge portion of the substrate under the influence of the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the substrate. Thereby, the peripheral part of a board | substrate is liquid-processed by a processing liquid. In the present invention, the contact support position of the movable pin on the substrate can be changed during the rotation of the substrate. Therefore, the peripheral part of a board | substrate can be processed favorably without generating a process residue.

於本發明之一實施形態中,進而包含對上述旋轉驅動單元、上述處理液供給單元、上述第1相對移動單元及上述第2相對移動單元進行控制的控制裝置。於該情形時,上述控制裝置亦可執行:旋轉台旋轉步驟,其使上述旋轉台繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉;處理液供給步驟,其對伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之基板供給處理液;第1磁鐵配置步驟,其與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第1位置,且將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第4位置;及第2磁鐵配置步驟,其於不執行第1磁鐵配置步驟時,與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第3 位置,且將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第2位置。 An embodiment of the present invention further includes a control device that controls the rotation driving unit, the processing liquid supply unit, the first relative movement unit, and the second relative movement unit. In this case, the control device may also perform: a rotating stage rotating step that rotates the rotating stage about the rotation axis; a processing liquid supplying step that supplies a processing liquid to a substrate that rotates with the rotation of the rotating stage; 1 magnet arrangement step, in parallel with the rotation stage rotation step and the treatment liquid supply step, arranging the relative position of the first moving magnet and the rotation stage at the first position, and placing the second moving magnet and the above The relative position of the rotary table is arranged at the fourth position; and the second magnet positioning step moves the second step in parallel with the rotary table rotating step and the processing liquid supply step when the first magnet positioning step is not performed. The relative position of the magnet and the rotary table is arranged in the third section. Position, and the relative position of the first moving magnet and the turntable is arranged at the second position.

根據該構成,對處於旋轉狀態之基板之主面供給處理液。供給至基板之主面之處理液受到基板之旋轉所產生之離心力之影響而朝向基板之周緣部流動。藉此,利用處理液對基板之周緣部進行液體處理。 According to this configuration, the processing liquid is supplied to the main surface of the substrate in a rotating state. The processing liquid supplied to the main surface of the substrate flows toward the peripheral edge portion of the substrate under the influence of the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the substrate. Thereby, the peripheral part of a board | substrate is liquid-processed by a processing liquid.

又,與旋轉台之旋轉及處理液之供給並行地,將第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第1位置,且將第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第4位置(第1磁鐵配置步驟)。藉此,基板係由支撐部被施壓至保持位置之可動銷群(第1及第2可動銷群之一者)中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 In parallel with the rotation of the rotary table and the supply of the processing liquid, the relative position of the first moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the first position, and the relative position of the second moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the fourth position. Position (first magnet placement step). As a result, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the movable pin group (one of the first and second movable pin groups) pressed to the holding position by the support portion.

進而,與旋轉台之旋轉及處理液之供給並行地,將第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第2位置,且將第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第3位置(第2磁鐵配置步驟)。藉此,基板係由支撐部被施壓至保持位置之可動銷群(第1及第2可動銷群之另一者)中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 Further, in parallel with the rotation of the rotary table and the supply of the processing liquid, the relative position of the first moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at a second position, and the relative position of the second moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at a third position. Position (second magnet placement step). As a result, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the movable pin group (the other of the first and second movable pin groups) that is pressed to the holding position by the support portion.

因此,可於一面使基板旋轉一面對基板之主面供給處理液之處理液供給步驟中使可動銷對基板之接觸支撐位置變化。因此,可對基板之周緣部之整個區域供給處理液,藉此,可不產生處理殘留物地良好地對基板之周緣部進行處理。 Therefore, the contact support position of the movable pin to the substrate can be changed in the processing liquid supply step of supplying the processing liquid while rotating the substrate while facing the main surface of the substrate. Therefore, the processing liquid can be supplied to the entire area of the peripheral edge portion of the substrate, whereby the peripheral edge portion of the substrate can be favorably processed without generating a processing residue.

本發明提供一種基板處理方法,其係於包含基板保持旋轉裝置、及對保持於上述基板保持旋轉裝置之基板供給處理液之處理液供給單元之基板處理裝置中執行的基板處理方法,上述基板保持旋轉裝置包含:旋轉台;旋轉驅動單元,其使上述旋轉台繞沿 著鉛垂方向之旋轉軸線旋轉;及可動銷,其係用以將基板水平地支撐之複數根可動銷,具有可移動地設置於遠離上述旋轉軸線之較遠之開放位置與靠近上述旋轉軸線之保持位置之間的支撐部,且以與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉之方式設置;上述複數根可動銷包含:第1可動銷群,其包含至少3根可動銷;及第2可動銷群,其與第1可動銷群分開地設置,且包含至少3根可動銷;且上述基板保持旋轉裝置進而包含:施壓單元,其將各可動銷之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之一者;第1驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第1可動銷群而安裝,且具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上彼此相同之磁極方向;第2驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第2可動銷群而安裝,且具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上與上述第1驅動用磁鐵相反之磁極方向;第1移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,且藉由該斥力或該吸引力將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之另一者;第2移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有於與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,且藉由該斥力或該吸引力將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置中之上述另一者;第1相對移動單元,其使上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台在上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第1位置和上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第2位置之間相對移動;及第2相對移動單元,其 使上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台獨立於上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動而在上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第3位置和上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第4位置之間相對移動;且該基板處理方法包含:旋轉台旋轉步驟,其使上述旋轉台繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉;處理液供給步驟,其對伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之基板供給處理液;第1磁鐵配置步驟,其與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第1位置,且將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第4位置;及第2磁鐵配置步驟,其於不執行上述第1磁鐵配置步驟時,與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第3位置,且將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第2位置。 The present invention provides a substrate processing method, which is a substrate processing method performed in a substrate processing apparatus including a substrate holding rotating device and a processing liquid supply unit for supplying a processing liquid to a substrate held by the substrate holding rotating device. The rotating device includes: a rotating table; and a rotating driving unit, which rotates the rotating table around the edge. Rotate along the axis of rotation in the vertical direction; and a movable pin, which is a plurality of movable pins used to horizontally support the substrate, and has a movably disposed open position far away from the above-mentioned axis of rotation and a portion near the above-mentioned axis of rotation. The support portion between the holding positions is provided so as to rotate about the rotation axis together with the rotary table; the plurality of movable pins includes: a first movable pin group including at least three movable pins; and a second movable pin Group, which is provided separately from the first movable pin group and includes at least three movable pins; and the substrate holding and rotating device further includes: a pressure applying unit that presses the support portion of each movable pin to the open position and One of the holding positions; a first driving magnet that is mounted corresponding to each of the first movable pin groups and has magnetic pole directions that are the same as each other in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis; the second The driving magnet is mounted corresponding to each of the second movable pin groups and has a magnetic pole opposite to the first driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis. Direction; the first moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a magnetic pole direction that imparts a repulsive force or an attractive force to the first driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to an axis along the rotation axis, and By the repulsive force or the attractive force, the supporting part of the first movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the holding position; the second moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state, and has A repulsive force or an attractive magnetic pole direction is provided between the second driving magnet and the second driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to the axis of the rotation axis, and the above-mentioned second movable pin group is provided with the repulsive force or the attractive force. The supporting part is pressed to the other one of the open position and the holding position; a first relative moving unit that connects the first moving magnet and the rotary table to the first moving magnet and the first driving magnet The relative position between the first position where the repulsive force or the attractive force is imparted and the second moving magnet between the second position where the repulsive force and the attractive force are not provided between the first moving magnet and the first driving magnet ; Second relative movement means, which The second moving magnet and the rotary table are independent of the relative movement of the first moving magnet and the rotary table, and the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet are provided with the repulsive force or the attractive force between the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet. The three positions and the second moving magnet are relatively moved between the fourth position and the fourth position where the repulsive force and the attractive force are not imparted to the second driving magnet; and the substrate processing method includes a rotary table rotation step that causes the above The rotary table rotates around the rotation axis; the processing liquid supply step supplies the processing liquid to the substrate that rotates with the rotation of the rotary table; and the first magnet disposing step is performed in parallel with the rotary table rotation step and the processing liquid supply step. Arranging the relative position of the first moving magnet and the turntable at the first position, and arranging the relative position of the second moving magnet and the turntable at the fourth position; and a second magnet arranging step, When the first magnet arrangement step is not performed, the second shift is performed in parallel with the rotation stage rotation step and the processing liquid supply step. The relative position of the moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the third position, and the relative position of the first moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the second position.

根據該方法,對處於旋轉狀態之基板之主面供給處理液。供給至基板之主面之處理液受到基板之旋轉所產生之離心力之影響而朝向基板之周緣部流動。藉此,利用處理液對基板之周緣部進行液體處理。 According to this method, the processing liquid is supplied to the main surface of the substrate in a rotating state. The processing liquid supplied to the main surface of the substrate flows toward the peripheral edge portion of the substrate under the influence of the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the substrate. Thereby, the peripheral part of a board | substrate is liquid-processed by a processing liquid.

又,與旋轉台之旋轉及處理液之供給並行地,將第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第1位置,且將第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第4位置(第1磁鐵配置步驟)。藉此,基板係由支撐部被施壓至保持位置之可動銷群(第1及第2可動銷群之一者)中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 In parallel to the rotation of the rotary table and the supply of the processing liquid, the relative position of the first moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the first position, and the relative position of the second moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the fourth Position (first magnet placement step). As a result, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the movable pin group (one of the first and second movable pin groups) pressed to the holding position by the support portion.

進而,與旋轉台之旋轉及處理液之供給並行地,將第 1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第2位置,且將第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於第3位置(第2磁鐵配置步驟)。藉此,基板係由支撐部被施壓至保持位置之可動銷群(第1及第2可動銷群之另一者)中包含之至少3根可動銷支撐。 Further, in parallel with the rotation of the rotary table and the supply of the processing liquid, the first 1 The relative position of the moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at a second position, and the relative position of the second moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at a third position (second magnet disposing step). As a result, the substrate is supported by at least three movable pins included in the movable pin group (the other of the first and second movable pin groups) that is pressed to the holding position by the support portion.

因此,可於一面使基板旋轉一面對基板之主面供給處理液之處理液供給步驟中使可動銷對基板之接觸支撐位置變化。因此,可對基板之周緣部之整個區域供給處理液,藉此,可不產生處理殘留物地良好地對基板之周緣部進行處理。 Therefore, the contact support position of the movable pin to the substrate can be changed in the processing liquid supply step of supplying the processing liquid while rotating the substrate while facing the main surface of the substrate. Therefore, the processing liquid can be supplied to the entire area of the peripheral edge portion of the substrate, whereby the peripheral edge portion of the substrate can be favorably processed without generating a processing residue.

本發明中之上述之或進而其他之目的、特徵及效果可根據以下參照隨附圖式所敍述之實施形態之說明而明確。 The above-mentioned or further other objects, features, and effects in the present invention will be made clear by the following description of the embodiments described with reference to the accompanying drawings.

1‧‧‧基板處理裝置 1‧‧‧ substrate processing device

2、202‧‧‧處理單元 2, 202‧‧‧ processing unit

3‧‧‧控制裝置 3‧‧‧control device

4‧‧‧處理腔室 4‧‧‧ treatment chamber

5、205‧‧‧旋轉夾頭 5,205‧‧‧Rotary chuck

6‧‧‧藥液噴嘴 6‧‧‧ liquid medicine nozzle

7、13‧‧‧藥液供給單元 7, 13‧‧‧ chemical liquid supply unit

8‧‧‧水供給單元 8‧‧‧ Water supply unit

10‧‧‧清洗刷 10‧‧‧washing brush

10a‧‧‧清洗面 10a‧‧‧washing surface

11‧‧‧清洗刷驅動單元 11‧‧‧Washing brush drive unit

12‧‧‧保護氣體供給單元 12‧‧‧Protection gas supply unit

14‧‧‧藥液配管 14‧‧‧medicine piping

15‧‧‧藥液閥 15‧‧‧ liquid medicine valve

17、103‧‧‧旋轉驅動單元 17, 103‧‧‧ Rotary drive unit

21‧‧‧噴嘴臂 21‧‧‧ Nozzle Arm

22‧‧‧噴嘴移動單元 22‧‧‧ Nozzle moving unit

41‧‧‧水噴嘴 41‧‧‧Water nozzle

42‧‧‧水配管 42‧‧‧Water piping

43‧‧‧水閥 43‧‧‧Water valve

45‧‧‧保護液閥 45‧‧‧protective fluid valve

47‧‧‧擺動臂 47‧‧‧Swing arm

48‧‧‧臂驅動單元 48‧‧‧arm drive unit

107‧‧‧旋轉台 107‧‧‧Turntable

108‧‧‧旋轉軸 108‧‧‧rotation axis

109‧‧‧凸座 109‧‧‧ convex seat

110‧‧‧可動銷 110‧‧‧ movable pin

111‧‧‧第1可動銷群 111‧‧‧The first movable pin group

112‧‧‧第2可動銷群 112‧‧‧The second movable pin group

115‧‧‧保護盤 115‧‧‧Protection disk

115a‧‧‧階差部 115a‧‧‧step difference

116、194、294‧‧‧切口 116, 194, 294‧‧‧‧ incision

117‧‧‧導軸 117‧‧‧Guide shaft

118‧‧‧線性軸承 118‧‧‧ Linear Bearing

119‧‧‧導引單元 119‧‧‧Guide unit

120、181、184a‧‧‧凸緣 120, 181, 184a‧‧‧ flange

121‧‧‧第1封閉永久磁鐵 121‧‧‧The first closed permanent magnet

122‧‧‧第2封閉永久磁鐵 122‧‧‧ 2nd closed permanent magnet

123‧‧‧磁鐵保持構件 123‧‧‧Magnet holding member

125‧‧‧第1開放永久磁鐵 125‧‧‧The first open permanent magnet

126‧‧‧第1升降單元 126‧‧‧The first lifting unit

127‧‧‧第2開放永久磁鐵 127‧‧‧ 2nd open permanent magnet

128‧‧‧第2升降單元 128‧‧‧ 2nd lifting unit

129‧‧‧第2上浮用磁鐵 129‧‧‧The second magnet for floating

129A、129B‧‧‧磁場產生區域 129A, 129B ‧‧‧ magnetic field generation area

130‧‧‧第3升降單元 130‧‧‧3rd lifting unit

151‧‧‧下軸部 151‧‧‧ lower shaft

152‧‧‧上軸部 152‧‧‧ Upper shaft

153‧‧‧錐面 153‧‧‧ cone

154、178‧‧‧軸承 154, 178‧‧‧bearing

155‧‧‧支撐軸 155‧‧‧Support shaft

156A‧‧‧第1驅動用永久磁鐵 156A‧‧‧The first drive permanent magnet

156B‧‧‧第2驅動用永久磁鐵 156B‧‧‧Second drive permanent magnet

157、161‧‧‧磁鐵保持構件 157, 161‧‧‧ magnet holding member

160‧‧‧第1上浮用磁鐵 160‧‧‧The first floating magnet

162‧‧‧貫通孔 162‧‧‧through hole

170‧‧‧惰性氣體供給管 170‧‧‧Inert gas supply pipe

172‧‧‧惰性氣體供給路 172‧‧‧Inert gas supply path

173‧‧‧惰性氣體閥 173‧‧‧Inert gas valve

174‧‧‧惰性氣體流量調整閥 174‧‧‧Inert gas flow adjustment valve

175‧‧‧軸承單元 175‧‧‧bearing unit

176、185‧‧‧凹處 176, 185‧‧‧ recess

177‧‧‧間隔件 177‧‧‧ spacer

179‧‧‧磁性流體軸承 179‧‧‧ Magnetic fluid bearing

182‧‧‧流路 182‧‧‧flow

183、189‧‧‧傾斜面 183, 189‧‧‧ inclined surface

184‧‧‧罩部 184‧‧‧ Hood

186‧‧‧整流構件 186‧‧‧Rectifying component

187‧‧‧腳部 187‧‧‧foot

188‧‧‧底面 188‧‧‧ underside

190、290‧‧‧節流部 190, 290‧‧‧Throttling Department

191、291‧‧‧圓環罩 191, 291‧‧‧circle cover

192、292‧‧‧圓環板部 192, 292‧‧‧circle plate

193、293‧‧‧圓筒部 193, 293‧‧‧ cylindrical

203‧‧‧固定單元 203‧‧‧Fixed unit

210A‧‧‧第1開關切換永久磁鐵 210A‧‧‧1st switch permanent magnet

210B‧‧‧第2開關切換永久磁鐵 210B‧‧‧The second switch switches the permanent magnet

211‧‧‧N極部 211‧‧‧N pole

212‧‧‧S極部 212‧‧‧S pole

A1、A3‧‧‧旋轉軸線 A1, A3‧‧‧‧ axis of rotation

A2‧‧‧擺動軸線 A2‧‧‧Swing axis

B‧‧‧中心軸線 B‧‧‧ center axis

C‧‧‧載體 C‧‧‧ carrier

CR‧‧‧中心機械手 CR‧‧‧Center Robot

Dr‧‧‧旋轉方向 Dr‧‧‧ Direction of rotation

H1、H2‧‧‧手部 H1, H2‧‧‧Hand

IR‧‧‧分度機械手 IR‧‧‧ indexing robot

LP‧‧‧裝載埠 LP‧‧‧ Loading port

S1~S14、T1~T14‧‧‧步驟 S1 ~ S14, T1 ~ T14‧‧‧step

TU‧‧‧翻轉單元 TU‧‧‧ Flip Unit

W‧‧‧基板 W‧‧‧ substrate

Wa‧‧‧表面 Wa‧‧‧ surface

Wb‧‧‧背面 Wb‧‧‧ back

圖1係用於說明本發明之第1實施形態之基板處理裝置之內部之佈局的圖解俯視圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic plan view for explaining an internal layout of a substrate processing apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

圖2係用於說明設於上述基板處理裝置之處理單元之構成例的圖解剖面圖。 FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view for explaining a configuration example of a processing unit provided in the substrate processing apparatus.

圖3係用於說明設於上述基板處理裝置之旋轉夾頭之更具體之構成的俯視圖。 FIG. 3 is a plan view for explaining a more specific structure of a rotary chuck provided in the substrate processing apparatus.

圖4係圖3之構成之仰視圖。 FIG. 4 is a bottom view of the structure of FIG. 3.

圖5係自圖3之切斷面線V-V觀察所得之剖面圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken from a section line V-V in Fig. 3.

圖6係放大表示圖5之構成之一部分之放大剖面圖。 FIG. 6 is an enlarged sectional view showing a part of the structure of FIG. 5 in an enlarged manner.

圖7係放大表示設於旋轉夾頭之可動銷之附近之構成的剖面圖。 FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a structure provided near a movable pin of the rotary chuck.

圖8A及8B係表示伴隨第1開放永久磁鐵之升降動作之第1 可動銷群中包含之可動銷之狀態的示意圖。 Figures 8A and 8B show the first part of the lifting operation with the first open permanent magnet. Schematic diagram of the state of the movable pins included in the movable pin group.

圖9A及9B係表示伴隨第2開放永久磁鐵之升降動作之第2可動銷群中包含之可動銷之狀態的示意圖。 9A and 9B are schematic diagrams showing states of movable pins included in a second movable pin group accompanying a lifting operation of a second open permanent magnet.

圖10A及10B係表示第1可動銷群及第2可動銷群之狀態之示意圖。 10A and 10B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group and the second movable pin group.

圖11A及11B係表示第1可動銷群及第2可動銷群之狀態之示意圖。 11A and 11B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group and the second movable pin group.

圖12A及12B係表示第1可動銷群及第2可動銷群之狀態之示意圖。 12A and 12B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group and the second movable pin group.

圖13A及13B係表示第1可動銷群及第2可動銷群之狀態之示意圖。 13A and 13B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group and the second movable pin group.

圖14A及14B係表示第1可動銷群及第2可動銷群之狀態之示意圖。 14A and 14B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group and the second movable pin group.

圖15A及15B係表示第1可動銷群及第2可動銷群之狀態之示意圖。 15A and 15B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group and the second movable pin group.

圖16係用於說明上述基板處理裝置之主要部分之電氣構成之方塊圖。 FIG. 16 is a block diagram for explaining the electrical configuration of the main part of the substrate processing apparatus.

圖17係用於說明藉由上述基板處理裝置執行之處理液處理之一例之流程圖。 FIG. 17 is a flowchart for explaining an example of processing liquid processing performed by the substrate processing apparatus.

圖18係用於說明上述處理液處理之時序圖。 FIG. 18 is a timing chart for explaining the processing liquid.

圖19A至19K係用於說明上述處理液處理之一例之圖解圖。 19A to 19K are diagrams for explaining an example of the treatment liquid treatment described above.

圖20A及20B係表示可動銷位於保持位置時及可動銷位於開放位置時之各個時間之處理液之流回狀態的圖。 20A and 20B are diagrams showing the flow-back state of the processing liquid at each time when the movable pin is in the holding position and when the movable pin is in the open position.

圖20C係表示基板之周緣部之處理液及惰性氣體之流動之剖 面圖。 FIG. 20C is a cross-sectional view showing the flow of the processing liquid and the inert gas at the peripheral portion of the substrate Face view.

圖21係用於說明本發明之第2實施形態之處理單元之構成例的圖解剖面圖。 FIG. 21 is a schematic sectional view for explaining a configuration example of a processing unit according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

圖22係用於說明設於上述處理單元之旋轉夾頭之圓環罩之構成例的剖面圖。 Fig. 22 is a cross-sectional view for explaining a configuration example of a ring cover of a rotary chuck provided in the processing unit;

圖23係用於說明上述旋轉夾頭之更具體之構成之俯視圖。 Fig. 23 is a plan view for explaining a more specific structure of the rotary chuck.

圖24A及24B係表示伴隨保護盤之升降動作之第1可動銷群中包含之可動銷之狀態的示意圖。 24A and 24B are schematic diagrams showing states of movable pins included in the first movable pin group accompanying the ascending and descending operation of the protective disk.

圖25A及25B係表示伴隨保護盤之升降動作之第2可動銷群中包含之可動銷之狀態的示意圖。 25A and 25B are schematic diagrams showing states of movable pins included in the second movable pin group accompanying the ascending and descending operation of the protective disk.

圖26係用於說明藉由上述基板處理裝置執行之處理液處理之一例之流程圖。 FIG. 26 is a flowchart for explaining an example of processing liquid processing performed by the substrate processing apparatus.

圖27A至27K係用於說明藉由上述基板處理裝置執行之處理液處理之一例之圖解圖。 27A to 27K are diagrams for explaining an example of processing liquid processing performed by the substrate processing apparatus.

圖1係用於說明本發明之一實施形態之基板處理裝置1之內部之佈局的圖解俯視圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic plan view for explaining an internal layout of a substrate processing apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.

基板處理裝置1係利用處理液或處理氣體對包含半導體晶圓(半導體基板)之圓板狀之基板W逐片進行處理的單片式裝置。基板處理裝置1包含:裝載埠LP,其保持複數個載體C;翻轉單元TU,其使基板W之姿勢上下翻轉;及複數個處理單元2,其等對基板W進行處理。裝載埠LP及處理單元2係於水平方向隔以間隔而配置。翻轉單元TU係配置於在裝載埠LP與處理單元2之間搬送之基板W之搬送路徑上。 The substrate processing apparatus 1 is a single-chip apparatus that processes a wafer-shaped substrate W including a semiconductor wafer (semiconductor substrate) one by one using a processing liquid or a processing gas. The substrate processing apparatus 1 includes a loading port LP that holds a plurality of carriers C, a turning unit TU that turns the posture of the substrate W upside down, and a plurality of processing units 2 that process the substrate W. The loading port LP and the processing unit 2 are arranged at intervals in the horizontal direction. The reversing unit TU is arranged on a transport path of the substrate W transported between the loading port LP and the processing unit 2.

如圖1所示,基板處理裝置1進而包含:分度機械手IR,其配置於裝載埠LP與翻轉單元TU之間;中心機械手CR,其配置於翻轉單元TU與處理單元2之間;及控制裝置3,其對設於基板處理裝置1之裝置之動作或閥之開關進行控制。分度機械手IR係自保持於裝載埠LP之載體C將數片基板W逐片搬送至翻轉單元TU,並自翻轉單元TU將數片基板W逐片搬送至保持於裝載埠LP之載體C。同樣地,中心機械手CR係自翻轉單元TU將數片基板W逐片搬送至處理單元2,並自處理單元2將數片基板W逐片搬送至翻轉單元TU。中心機械手CR進而於複數個處理單元2之間搬送基板W。 As shown in FIG. 1, the substrate processing apparatus 1 further includes: an indexing robot IR disposed between the loading port LP and the turning unit TU; and a central robot CR disposed between the turning unit TU and the processing unit 2; And a control device 3 that controls an operation of a device provided on the substrate processing device 1 or a switch of a valve. The indexing robot IR transfers several substrates W from the carrier C held on the loading port LP to the reversing unit TU one by one, and transfers several substrates W from the reversing unit TU to the carrier C held on the loading port LP one by one. . Similarly, the central robot CR transfers several substrates W to the processing unit 2 one by one from the reversing unit TU, and transfers several substrates W to the reversing unit TU one by one from the processing unit 2. The center robot CR further transfers the substrate W between the plurality of processing units 2.

分度機械手IR具備將基板W水平地支撐之手部H1。分度機械手IR使手部H1水平移動。進而,分度機械手IR使手部H1升降並使該手部H1繞鉛垂軸線旋轉。同樣地,中心機械手CR具備將基板W水平地支撐之手部H2。中心機械手CR使手部H2水平移動。進而,中心機械手CR使手部H2升降並使該手部H2繞鉛垂軸線旋轉。 The indexing robot IR includes a hand H1 that supports the substrate W horizontally. The indexing robot IR moves the hand H1 horizontally. Further, the indexing robot IR raises and lowers the hand H1 and rotates the hand H1 about the vertical axis. Similarly, the center robot CR includes a hand H2 that supports the substrate W horizontally. The center manipulator CR moves the hand H2 horizontally. Further, the center robot CR raises and lowers the hand H2 and rotates the hand H2 about the vertical axis.

於載體C,以作為器件形成面之基板W之表面Wa朝上之狀態(向上姿勢)收容有基板W。控制裝置3係藉由分度機械手IR,將基板W以表面Wa(參照圖2等)朝上之狀態自載體C搬送至翻轉單元TU。然後,控制裝置3藉由翻轉單元TU使基板W翻轉。藉此,基板W之背面Wb(參照圖2等)朝上。其後,控制裝置3係藉由中心機械手CR,將基板W以背面Wb朝上之狀態自翻轉單元TU搬送至處理單元2。然後,控制裝置3藉由處理單元2對基板W之背面Wb進行處理。 The substrate W is housed on the carrier C in a state where the surface Wa of the substrate W serving as a device formation surface faces upward (upward posture). The control device 3 transfers the substrate W from the carrier C to the turning unit TU with the indexing robot IR with the surface Wa (see FIG. 2 and the like) facing upward. Then, the control device 3 reverses the substrate W by the reversing unit TU. Thereby, the back surface Wb (refer to FIG. 2 and the like) of the substrate W faces upward. Thereafter, the control device 3 transfers the substrate W from the reversing unit TU to the processing unit 2 with the central robot CR in a state in which the back surface Wb is upward. Then, the control device 3 processes the back surface Wb of the substrate W by the processing unit 2.

對基板W之背面Wb進行處理後,控制裝置3係藉由中心機械手CR,將基板W以背面Wb朝上之狀態自處理單元2搬送至翻轉單元TU。然後,控制裝置3藉由翻轉單元TU使基板W翻轉。藉此,基板W之表面Wa朝上。其後,控制裝置3係藉由分度機械手IR,將基板W以表面Wa朝上之狀態自翻轉單元TU搬送至載體C。藉此,將處理過之基板W收容至載體C。控制裝置3係藉由使分度機械手IR等反覆執行該一連串動作而對數片基板W逐片進行處理。 After processing the back surface Wb of the substrate W, the control device 3 transfers the substrate W from the processing unit 2 to the reversing unit TU with the back surface Wb facing upward by the central robot CR. Then, the control device 3 reverses the substrate W by the reversing unit TU. Thereby, the surface Wa of the substrate W faces upward. Thereafter, the control device 3 transfers the substrate W from the turning unit TU to the carrier C with the indexing robot IR with the surface Wa facing upward. Thereby, the processed substrate W is accommodated in the carrier C. The control device 3 processes the plurality of substrates W one by one by causing the indexing robot IR and the like to repeatedly execute the series of operations.

圖2係用於說明設於基板處理裝置1之處理單元2之構成例的圖解剖面圖。圖3係用於說明設於基板處理裝置1之旋轉夾頭5之更具體之構成的俯視圖。圖4係圖3之構成之仰視圖。圖5係自圖3之切斷面線V-V觀察所得之剖面圖。圖6係放大表示圖5之構成之一部分之放大剖面圖。圖7係放大表示設於旋轉夾頭5之可動銷110之附近之構成的剖面圖。 FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view for explaining a configuration example of a processing unit 2 provided in the substrate processing apparatus 1. FIG. 3 is a plan view for explaining a more specific structure of the rotary chuck 5 provided in the substrate processing apparatus 1. FIG. 4 is a bottom view of the structure of FIG. 3. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken from a section line V-V in Fig. 3. FIG. 6 is an enlarged sectional view showing a part of the structure of FIG. 5 in an enlarged manner. FIG. 7 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a configuration provided near the movable pin 110 of the rotary chuck 5.

如圖2所示,處理單元2包含:箱形之處理腔室4,其具有內部空間;旋轉夾頭(基板保持旋轉裝置)5,其於處理腔室4內將一片基板W以水平姿勢保持,並使基板W繞經過基板W之中心之鉛垂之旋轉軸線A1旋轉;藥液供給單元(處理液供給單元)7,其用以向由旋轉夾頭5保持之基板W之上表面(背面(一主面)Wb)供給作為藥液(處理液)之一例之含有臭氧之氫氟酸溶液(以下,稱為FOM);水供給單元(處理液供給單元)8,其用以向由旋轉夾頭5保持之基板W之上表面供給作為淋洗液(處理液)之水;清洗刷10,其用以與基板W之上表面接觸而對該上表面進行擦洗清洗;清洗刷驅動單元11,其用以驅動清洗刷10;保護氣體供給單元12,其 用以向由旋轉夾頭5保持之基板W之下表面(表面(另一主面)Wa)供給作為保護氣體之惰性氣體;及筒狀之處理杯部(未圖示),其包圍旋轉夾頭5。 As shown in FIG. 2, the processing unit 2 includes: a box-shaped processing chamber 4 having an internal space; a rotary chuck (substrate holding rotation device) 5 that holds a piece of substrate W in a horizontal posture in the processing chamber 4 And the substrate W is rotated around the vertical axis of rotation A1 passing through the center of the substrate W; the chemical liquid supply unit (processing liquid supply unit) 7 is used for the upper surface (back surface) of the substrate W held by the rotary chuck 5 (One main surface) Wb) Supply a hydrofluoric acid solution (hereinafter referred to as FOM) containing ozone as an example of a chemical liquid (treatment liquid); a water supply unit (treatment liquid supply unit) 8 for rotating The upper surface of the substrate W held by the chuck 5 is supplied with water as an eluent (treatment liquid); a cleaning brush 10 is used to contact the upper surface of the substrate W to scrub and clean the upper surface; the cleaning brush driving unit 11 Which is used to drive the cleaning brush 10; the protective gas supply unit 12, which To supply an inert gas as a protective gas to the lower surface (surface (the other main surface) Wa) of the substrate W held by the rotary chuck 5; and a cylindrical processing cup portion (not shown) that surrounds the rotary chuck Head 5.

如圖2所示,處理腔室4包含:箱狀之間隔壁(未圖示);作為送風單元之FFU(風扇‧過濾器‧單元,未圖示),其自間隔壁之上部向間隔壁內(相當於處理腔室4內)輸送潔淨空氣;及排氣裝置(未圖示),其自間隔壁之下部將處理腔室4內之氣體排出。藉由FFU及排氣裝置而於處理腔室4內形成降流(下降流)。 As shown in FIG. 2, the processing chamber 4 includes: a box-shaped partition wall (not shown); and an FFU (fan, filter, and unit, not shown) as the air supply unit, which extends from the upper part of the partition wall to the partition wall Clean air is conveyed inside (equivalent to the inside of the processing chamber 4); and an exhaust device (not shown) that exhausts the gas in the processing chamber 4 from the lower part of the partition wall. A downflow (downflow) is formed in the processing chamber 4 by the FFU and the exhaust device.

如圖2所示,旋轉夾頭5具備可繞沿著鉛垂方向之旋轉軸線A1旋轉之旋轉台107。於旋轉台107之旋轉中心之下表面經由凸座109結合有旋轉軸108。旋轉軸108為中空軸,沿著鉛垂方向延伸,且構成為受到來自旋轉驅動單元103之驅動力而繞旋轉軸線A1旋轉。旋轉驅動單元103例如亦可為將旋轉軸108設為驅動軸之電動馬達。 As shown in FIG. 2, the rotary chuck 5 includes a rotary table 107 rotatable about a rotation axis A1 in the vertical direction. A rotation shaft 108 is coupled to a lower surface of a rotation center of the rotation table 107 via a protrusion 109. The rotation shaft 108 is a hollow shaft and extends in the vertical direction. The rotation shaft 108 is configured to rotate around the rotation axis A1 by receiving a driving force from the rotation drive unit 103. The rotation driving unit 103 may be, for example, an electric motor having the rotation shaft 108 as a driving shaft.

如圖2所示,旋轉夾頭5進而具備於旋轉台107之上表面之周緣部沿著圓周方向隔以大致等間隔而設置的複數根(本實施形態中為6根)可動銷110。各可動銷110以如下方式構成,即,於與具有大致水平之上表面之旋轉台107隔以固定之間隔之上方之基板保持高度,將基板W保持為水平。即,設於旋轉夾頭5之保持銷全部為可動銷110。 As shown in FIG. 2, the rotary chuck 5 further includes a plurality of movable pins 110 (six in this embodiment) provided on a peripheral edge portion of the upper surface of the rotary table 107 at substantially equal intervals along the circumferential direction. Each movable pin 110 is configured so that the substrate W is held horizontally at a substrate holding height above a fixed interval from the turntable 107 having a substantially horizontal upper surface. That is, all the holding pins provided in the rotary chuck 5 are the movable pins 110.

旋轉台107形成為沿著水平面之圓盤狀,且結合於與旋轉軸108結合之凸座109。 The rotating table 107 is formed in a disc shape along a horizontal plane, and is coupled to a projection 109 coupled to the rotating shaft 108.

如圖3所示,各可動銷110係於旋轉台107之上表面之周緣部沿著圓周方向等間隔地配置。6根可動銷110係以彼此不 相鄰之3根可動銷110為單位設定為相對應之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B之磁極方向共通之一個群。換言之,6根可動銷110包含第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110、及第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110。與第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110對應之第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之磁極方向和與第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110對應之第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之磁極方向係於與旋轉軸線A3正交之方向上互不相同。第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110與第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110係於旋轉台107之圓周方向上交替地配置。若著眼於第1可動銷群111,則3根可動銷110等間隔(120°間隔)地配置。又,若著眼於第2可動銷群112,則3根可動銷110等間隔(120°間隔)地配置。 As shown in FIG. 3, each movable pin 110 is arrange | positioned at the peripheral part of the upper surface of the turntable 107 at equal intervals along the circumferential direction. 6 movable pins 110 The three adjacent movable pins 110 are set as a group in which the magnetic pole directions of the corresponding driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B are common. In other words, the six movable pins 110 include three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112. The pole direction of the first driving permanent magnet 156A corresponding to the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and the second driving permanent magnet corresponding to the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 The directions of the magnetic poles of the magnet 156B are different from each other in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis A3. The movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and the movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107. Focusing on the first movable pin group 111, the three movable pins 110 are arranged at equal intervals (120 ° intervals). When focusing on the second movable pin group 112, the three movable pins 110 are arranged at equal intervals (120 ° intervals).

各可動銷110包含:下軸部151,其結合於旋轉台107;及上軸部(支撐部)152,其一體地形成於下軸部151之上端;下軸部151及上軸部152分別形成為圓柱形狀。上軸部152係自下軸部151之中心軸線偏心地設置。將下軸部151之上端與上軸部152之下端之間連接之表面形成自上軸部152朝向下軸部151之周面下降之錐面153。 Each movable pin 110 includes: a lower shaft portion 151 which is coupled to the turntable 107; and an upper shaft portion (support portion) 152 which is integrally formed on the upper end of the lower shaft portion 151; the lower shaft portion 151 and the upper shaft portion 152, respectively It is formed in a cylindrical shape. The upper shaft portion 152 is eccentrically provided from the central axis of the lower shaft portion 151. A surface connecting the upper end of the lower shaft portion 151 and the lower end of the upper shaft portion 152 forms a tapered surface 153 that descends from the upper shaft portion 152 toward the peripheral surface of the lower shaft portion 151.

如圖7所示,各可動銷110係以下軸部151可繞與其中心軸線同軸之旋轉軸線A3旋轉之方式結合於旋轉台107。更詳細而言,於下軸部151之下端部設置有經由軸承154支撐於旋轉台107之支撐軸155。於支撐軸155之下端結合有保持有驅動用永久磁鐵(第1及第2驅動用磁鐵)156A、156B之磁鐵保持構件157。驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B例如使磁極方向朝向相對於可動銷110 之旋轉軸線A3正交之方向而配置。第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A係與第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110對應之驅動用永久磁鐵。第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B係與第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110對應之驅動用永久磁鐵。第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A及第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B係以如下方式設置,即,於未對與該驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B對應之可動銷110賦予外力之狀態下,具有於與旋轉軸線A3正交之方向(與沿著旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向)上彼此為相反方向之相同之磁極方向。第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A及第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B係於旋轉台107之圓周方向上交替地配置。 As shown in FIG. 7, each movable pin 110 is coupled to the rotary table 107 in such a manner that the lower shaft portion 151 can rotate around a rotation axis A3 coaxial with its central axis. More specifically, a support shaft 155 supported on the turntable 107 via a bearing 154 is provided at a lower end portion of the lower shaft portion 151. A magnet holding member 157 holding a driving permanent magnet (first and second driving magnets) 156A and 156B is coupled to a lower end of the support shaft 155. The driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B have, for example, a magnetic pole direction facing the movable pin 110. The rotation axis A3 is arranged orthogonally. The first driving permanent magnet 156A is a driving permanent magnet corresponding to the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111. The second driving permanent magnet 156B is a driving permanent magnet corresponding to the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112. The first driving permanent magnets 156A and the second driving permanent magnets 156B are provided in such a manner that the external driving force is applied to the rotating pins 110 without the external force being applied to the movable pins 110 corresponding to the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B. In the direction orthogonal to the axis A3 (the direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis), the same magnetic pole directions are opposite to each other. The first driving permanent magnets 156A and the second driving permanent magnets 156B are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107.

於旋轉台107設置有與可動銷110之數量為相同數量之封閉永久磁鐵121、122。封閉永久磁鐵121、122係與可動銷110一對一對應地設置,且鄰接於相對應之可動銷110而配置。於本實施形態中,如圖3及圖4所示,封閉永久磁鐵121、122係於相對應之可動銷110之周圍、相較可動銷110之俯視時之中心位置偏向於遠離旋轉軸線A1之方向而配置。各封閉永久磁鐵121、122收容於鄰接於相對應之磁鐵保持構件157而設置之磁鐵保持構件123。 The rotary table 107 is provided with the same number of closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 as the number of the movable pins 110. The closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 are provided in a one-to-one correspondence with the movable pin 110 and are disposed adjacent to the corresponding movable pin 110. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, the closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 are arranged around the corresponding movable pin 110, and the center position of the movable pin 110 is more distant from the rotation axis A1 when viewed from above. Configuration. Each of the closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 is housed in a magnet holding member 123 provided adjacent to the corresponding magnet holding member 157.

複數個封閉永久磁鐵121、122包含與第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110對應之3個第1封閉永久磁鐵(第1施壓用磁鐵)121、及與第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110對應之3個第2封閉永久磁鐵(第2施壓用磁鐵)122。換言之,第1封閉永久磁鐵121對應於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,第2封閉永久磁鐵122對應於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。第1封閉永久磁鐵121及第2封閉永久磁鐵122係於旋轉台107之圓周方向上交替地 配置。第1封閉永久磁鐵121及第2封閉永久磁鐵122係以無法相對於旋轉台107升降之方式設置。 The plurality of closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 include three first closed permanent magnets (first pressing magnets) 121 corresponding to the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111, and the second movable pin group. 112 includes three second closed permanent magnets (second pressure magnets) 122 corresponding to the three movable pins 110 included in 112. In other words, the first closed permanent magnet 121 corresponds to the first driving permanent magnet 156A, and the second closed permanent magnet 122 corresponds to the second driving permanent magnet 156B. The first closed permanent magnet 121 and the second closed permanent magnet 122 are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107. Configuration. The first closed permanent magnet 121 and the second closed permanent magnet 122 are installed so as not to be able to move up and down with respect to the turntable 107.

如上所述,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A及第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B係以具有於與旋轉軸線A3正交之方向上彼此為相反方向之相同之磁極方向的方式設置。第1封閉永久磁鐵121及第2封閉永久磁鐵122係為了對相對應之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B賦予磁力而將相對應之可動銷110之上軸部152施壓至保持位置而設置。因此,第1封閉永久磁鐵121及第2封閉永久磁鐵122亦以具有於與旋轉軸線A3正交之方向上彼此為相反方向之相同之磁極方向的方式設置。 As described above, the first driving permanent magnet 156A and the second driving permanent magnet 156B are provided so as to have the same magnetic pole directions that are opposite to each other in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis A3. The first closed permanent magnet 121 and the second closed permanent magnet 122 are provided to apply a magnetic force to the corresponding driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B, and press the shaft portion 152 of the corresponding movable pin 110 to the holding position. Therefore, the first closed permanent magnet 121 and the second closed permanent magnet 122 are also provided so as to have the same magnetic pole directions that are opposite to each other in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis A3.

第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A受到來自第1封閉永久磁鐵121之吸引磁力而使上軸部152朝著靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置移動。即,第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152藉由第1封閉永久磁鐵121之吸引磁力而朝著保持位置被施壓。 The first driving permanent magnet 156A receives the attracting magnetic force from the first closed permanent magnet 121 and moves the upper shaft portion 152 toward a holding position close to the rotation axis A1. That is, the upper shaft portion 152 of the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 is pressed toward the holding position by the attractive magnetic force of the first closed permanent magnet 121.

第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B受到來自第2封閉永久磁鐵122之吸引磁力而使上軸部152朝著靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置移動。即,第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152藉由第2封閉永久磁鐵122之吸引磁力而朝著保持位置被施壓。因此,於驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B未受到來自以下敍述之開放永久磁鐵125、127之吸引磁力時,可動銷110位於遠離旋轉軸線A1之開放位置。 The second driving permanent magnet 156B receives the attracting magnetic force from the second closed permanent magnet 122 and moves the upper shaft portion 152 toward a holding position close to the rotation axis A1. That is, the upper shaft portion 152 of the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 is pressed toward the holding position by the attracting magnetic force of the second closed permanent magnet 122. Therefore, when the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B are not attracted by the attractive magnetic force from the open permanent magnets 125 and 127 described below, the movable pin 110 is located in an open position away from the rotation axis A1.

如圖2所示,於旋轉台107之下方設置有第1開放永久磁鐵(第1升降磁鐵)125及第2開放永久磁鐵(第2升降磁鐵)127。第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127之磁極方向均為沿 著上下方向之方向,但彼此為相反方向。於第1開放永久磁鐵125之上表面為例如N極之情形時,第2開放永久磁鐵127之上表面具有相反極性之S極。 As shown in FIG. 2, a first open permanent magnet (first lifting magnet) 125 and a second open permanent magnet (second lifting magnet) 127 are provided below the turntable 107. The magnetic pole directions of the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 are along Up and down, but opposite to each other. When the upper surface of the first open permanent magnet 125 is, for example, an N-pole, the upper surface of the second open permanent magnet 127 has an S-pole of opposite polarity.

於本實施形態中,第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127各自分別設置有3個(與可動銷群111、112中包含之可動銷110之數量為相同數量)。3個第1開放永久磁鐵125及3個第2開放永久磁鐵127係於俯視時於旋轉台107之圓周方向上交替地配置。 In this embodiment, each of the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 is provided with three (the same number as the number of the movable pins 110 included in the movable pin groups 111 and 112). The three first open permanent magnets 125 and the three second open permanent magnets 127 are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107 in a plan view.

3個第1開放永久磁鐵125係形成以旋轉軸線A1為中心之圓弧狀,於彼此共通之高度位置且於旋轉台107之圓周方向隔以間隔而配置。3個第1開放永久磁鐵125具有彼此相同之規格,且於與旋轉軸線A1同軸之圓周上於圓周方向隔以等間隔而配置。各第1開放永久磁鐵125係沿著與旋轉軸線A1正交之平面(水平面)而配置。 The three first open permanent magnets 125 are formed in an arc shape with the rotation axis A1 as the center, and are arranged at a height position common to each other and spaced apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107. The three first open permanent magnets 125 have the same specifications as each other, and are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction on the circumference coaxial with the rotation axis A1. Each first open permanent magnet 125 is arranged along a plane (horizontal plane) orthogonal to the rotation axis A1.

第1開放永久磁鐵125係形成為與旋轉軸線A1同軸之圓環狀,且沿著與旋轉軸線A1正交之平面(水平面)而配置。更具體而言,第1開放永久磁鐵125係配置於相對於旋轉軸線A1而言較下述之第1上浮用磁鐵160遠且較驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B近的位置。 The first open permanent magnet 125 is formed in an annular shape coaxial with the rotation axis A1 and is arranged along a plane (horizontal plane) orthogonal to the rotation axis A1. More specifically, the first open permanent magnet 125 is disposed at a position farther than the first floating magnet 160 described below and closer to the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B with respect to the rotation axis A1.

各第1開放永久磁鐵125之圓周方向長度(角度)為約60°。將各第1開放永久磁鐵125之圓周方向長度(角度)設為約60°之原因在於以如下方式設定,即,如下述般,於使基板W以液體處理速度(例如約500rpm)旋轉時,於伴隨旋轉台107之旋轉而旋轉之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B通過之環狀區域形成全周環狀之 磁場產生區域129A(參照圖13A)。 The circumferential length (angle) of each first open permanent magnet 125 is about 60 °. The reason why the circumferential length (angle) of each of the first open permanent magnets 125 is set to about 60 ° is to set it in such a manner that, when the substrate W is rotated at a liquid processing speed (for example, about 500 rpm), The ring-shaped area passing through the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B that rotates in accordance with the rotation of the turntable 107 forms a ring-shaped The magnetic field generation region 129A (see FIG. 13A).

於第1開放永久磁鐵125連結有使該複數個第1開放永久磁鐵125統一升降之第1升降單元(第1相對移動單元)126。第1升降單元126例如為包含可於上下方向伸縮地設置之汽缸之構成,且由該汽缸支撐。又,第1升降單元126亦可使用電動馬達而構成。又,第1升降單元126亦可使第1開放永久磁鐵125個別地升降。 A first lifting unit (first relative moving unit) 126 is connected to the first open permanent magnet 125 to uniformly lift and lower the plurality of first open permanent magnets 125. The first elevating unit 126 is configured to include, for example, a cylinder that can be telescopically provided in the vertical direction, and is supported by the cylinder. The first elevating unit 126 may be configured using an electric motor. In addition, the first elevating unit 126 may elevate the first open permanent magnet 125 individually.

第1開放永久磁鐵125係用以於與第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之間產生吸引磁力並藉由該吸引磁力將第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152朝開放位置施壓的磁鐵。於第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於磁極於上下方向接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之上位置(第1位置,參照圖8B及圖19A)且第1開放永久磁鐵125與第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A橫向對向的狀態下,於第1開放永久磁鐵125與第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之間作用磁力(吸引磁力)。 The first open permanent magnet 125 is used to generate an attracting magnetic force with the first driving permanent magnet 156A, and the shaft portion 152 of the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 is opened toward the open position by the attracting magnetic force. Pressing magnet. The first open permanent magnet 125 is disposed above the first driving permanent magnet 156A in the vertical direction (first position, see FIGS. 8B and 19A), and the first open permanent magnet 125 and the first driving permanent magnet are arranged. In a state where 156A is facing horizontally, a magnetic force (attractive magnetic force) acts between the first open permanent magnet 125 and the first driving permanent magnet 156A.

3個第2開放永久磁鐵127係形成以旋轉軸線A1為中心之圓弧狀,於彼此共通之高度位置且於旋轉台107之圓周方向隔以間隔而配置。3個第2開放永久磁鐵127具有彼此相同之規格,且於與旋轉軸線A1同軸之圓周上於圓周方向隔以等間隔而配置。各第2開放永久磁鐵127係沿著與旋轉軸線A1正交之平面(水平面)而配置。 The three second open permanent magnets 127 are formed in an arc shape with the rotation axis A1 as the center, and are arranged at a height position common to each other and spaced apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107. The three second open permanent magnets 127 have the same specifications as each other, and are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction on the circumference coaxial with the rotation axis A1. Each second open permanent magnet 127 is arranged along a plane (horizontal plane) orthogonal to the rotation axis A1.

第2開放永久磁鐵127係形成為與旋轉軸線A1同軸之圓環狀,且沿著與旋轉軸線A1正交之平面(水平面)而配置。更具體而言,第2開放永久磁鐵127係配置於相對於旋轉軸線A1而 言較下述之第1上浮用磁鐵160遠且較驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B近的位置。 The second open permanent magnet 127 is formed in an annular shape coaxial with the rotation axis A1 and is arranged along a plane (horizontal plane) orthogonal to the rotation axis A1. More specifically, the second open permanent magnet 127 is disposed with respect to the rotation axis A1. In other words, it is located farther from the first floating magnet 160 as described below and closer to the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B.

各第2開放永久磁鐵127之圓周方向長度(角度)為約60°。將各第2開放永久磁鐵127之圓周方向長度(角度)設為約60°之原因在於以如下方式設定,即,如下述般,於使基板W以液體處理速度(例如約500rpm)旋轉時,於伴隨旋轉台107之旋轉而旋轉之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B通過之環狀區域形成全周環狀之磁場產生區域129B(參照圖13B)。 The circumferential length (angle) of each second open permanent magnet 127 is about 60 °. The reason why the circumferential length (angle) of each of the second open permanent magnets 127 is set to about 60 ° is to set it in such a manner that, when the substrate W is rotated at a liquid processing speed (for example, about 500 rpm), An annular magnetic field generating region 129B (see FIG. 13B) is formed in an annular region that passes through the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B that rotates as the turntable 107 rotates.

於第2開放永久磁鐵127連結有使該複數個第2開放永久磁鐵127統一升降之第2升降單元(第2相對移動單元)128。第2升降單元128例如為包含可於上下方向伸縮地設置之汽缸之構成,且由該汽缸支撐。又,第2升降單元128亦可使用電動馬達而構成。又,第2升降單元128亦可使第2開放永久磁鐵127個別地升降。 A second elevating unit (second relative moving unit) 128 for integrally elevating the plurality of second open permanent magnets 127 is connected to the second open permanent magnet 127. The second elevating unit 128 is configured to include, for example, a cylinder that can be telescopically provided in the vertical direction, and is supported by the cylinder. The second elevating unit 128 may be configured using an electric motor. In addition, the second lifting unit 128 may lift and lower the second open permanent magnet 127 individually.

第2開放永久磁鐵127係用以於與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之間產生吸引磁力並藉由該吸引磁力將第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152朝開放位置施壓的磁鐵。於第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於磁極於上下方向接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之上位置(第3位置,參照圖9B及圖19A)且第2開放永久磁鐵127與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B橫向對向的狀態下,於第2開放永久磁鐵127與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之間作用磁力(吸引磁力)。 The second open permanent magnet 127 is used to generate an attractive magnetic force between the second driving permanent magnet 156B and the shaft 152 of the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 toward the open position by the attractive magnetic force. Pressing magnet. The second open permanent magnet 127 is arranged at a position where the magnetic pole is close to the second drive permanent magnet 156B in the vertical direction (the third position, see FIGS. 9B and 19A), and the second open permanent magnet 127 and the second drive permanent magnet are arranged. In a state where 156B is facing horizontally, a magnetic force (attraction magnetic force) acts between the second open permanent magnet 127 and the second driving permanent magnet 156B.

分別使用第1升降單元126及第2升降單元128使第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127升降。因此,可使第 1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127彼此獨立地升降。 The first opening permanent magnet 125 and the second opening permanent magnet 127 are raised and lowered using the first lifting unit 126 and the second lifting unit 128, respectively. Therefore, the first The first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 are raised and lowered independently of each other.

如圖2所示,旋轉夾頭5進而具備配置於旋轉台107之上表面與基於可動銷110之基板保持高度之間的保護盤115。保護盤115係可相對於旋轉台107上下移動地被結合,可在靠近旋轉台107之上表面之下位置和於相較該下位置更靠上方與保持於可動銷110之基板W之下表面隔以微小間隔而接近之接近位置之間移動。保護盤115係具有直徑略大於基板W之大小之圓盤狀之構件,於與可動銷110對應之位置形成有用於回避該可動銷110之切口116。 As shown in FIG. 2, the rotary chuck 5 further includes a protective disc 115 disposed between the upper surface of the rotary table 107 and the substrate holding height by the movable pin 110. The protection plate 115 is coupled to be able to move up and down with respect to the rotary table 107, and can be positioned near and below the upper surface of the rotary table 107 and above the lower position and held on the lower surface of the substrate W of the movable pin 110 Move between close positions approached at small intervals. The protective disc 115 is a disc-shaped member having a diameter slightly larger than that of the substrate W, and a cutout 116 for avoiding the movable pin 110 is formed at a position corresponding to the movable pin 110.

旋轉軸108為中空軸,且於其內部插通有惰性氣體供給管170。於惰性氣體供給管170之下端結合有將來自惰性氣體供給源之作為保護氣體之一例之惰性氣體導入的惰性氣體供給路172。作為沿惰性氣體供給路172導入之惰性氣體,可例示潔淨乾燥空氣(Clean Dry Air,CDA)(低濕度之潔淨空氣)或氮氣等惰性氣體。於惰性氣體供給路172之中途介裝有惰性氣體閥173及惰性氣體流量調整閥174。惰性氣體閥173開關惰性氣體供給路172。藉由將惰性氣體閥173打開,而向惰性氣體供給管170送入惰性氣體。該惰性氣體係藉由下述之構成而供給至保護盤115與基板W之下表面之間之空間。如此,由惰性氣體供給管170、惰性氣體供給路172及惰性氣體閥173等構成上述保護氣體供給單元12。 The rotating shaft 108 is a hollow shaft, and an inert gas supply pipe 170 is inserted in the rotating shaft 108. An inert gas supply path 172 for introducing an inert gas from an inert gas supply source as an example of a shielding gas is connected to the lower end of the inert gas supply pipe 170. Examples of the inert gas introduced along the inert gas supply path 172 include clean dry air (CDA) (clean air with low humidity) and inert gas such as nitrogen. An inert gas valve 173 and an inert gas flow adjustment valve 174 are installed in the middle of the inert gas supply path 172. The inert gas valve 173 opens and closes the inert gas supply path 172. When the inert gas valve 173 is opened, the inert gas is supplied to the inert gas supply pipe 170. This inert gas system is supplied to the space between the protective disk 115 and the lower surface of the substrate W by the following configuration. In this way, the protective gas supply unit 12 is configured by the inert gas supply pipe 170, the inert gas supply path 172, the inert gas valve 173, and the like.

保護盤115係具有與基板W相同程度之大小之大致圓盤狀之構件。於保護盤115之周緣部,於與可動銷110對應之位置,以自可動銷110之外周面確保固定之間隔對該可動銷110鑲邊之方式形成有切口116。於保護盤115之中央區域形成有與凸座109 對應之圓形之開口。 The protective disk 115 is a substantially disk-shaped member having the same size as the substrate W. A cutout 116 is formed on the peripheral edge portion of the protection plate 115 at a position corresponding to the movable pin 110 so as to be bordered on the movable pin 110 at a fixed interval from the outer peripheral surface of the movable pin 110. A protrusion 109 is formed in a central region of the protection plate 115. Corresponding circular opening.

如圖3及圖5所示,於相較凸座109距離旋轉軸線A1更遠之位置,於保護盤115之下表面結合有與旋轉軸線A1平行地沿鉛垂方向延伸之導軸117。於本實施形態中,導軸117係配置於沿保護盤115之圓周方向隔以等間隔之3個部位。更具體而言,自旋轉軸線A1觀察時,於與每隔1根之可動銷110對應之角度位置分別配置有3根導軸117。導軸117係與設置於旋轉台107之對應部位之線性軸承118結合,且可一面由該線性軸承118導引一面於鉛垂方向即與旋轉軸線A1平行之方向移動。因此,導軸117及線性軸承118構成將保護盤115沿著與旋轉軸線A1平行之上下方向導引之導引單元119。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 5, a guide shaft 117 extending in the vertical direction parallel to the rotation axis A1 is coupled to the lower surface of the protection plate 115 at a position farther from the rotation axis A1 than the convex seat 109. In the present embodiment, the guide shafts 117 are arranged at three positions at regular intervals along the circumferential direction of the protection plate 115. More specifically, when viewed from the rotation axis A1, three guide shafts 117 are arranged at angular positions corresponding to every other movable pin 110. The guide shaft 117 is combined with a linear bearing 118 provided at a corresponding portion of the rotary table 107, and can be moved in a vertical direction, that is, a direction parallel to the rotation axis A1, while being guided by the linear bearing 118. Therefore, the guide shaft 117 and the linear bearing 118 constitute a guide unit 119 that guides the protection disc 115 in a vertical direction parallel to the rotation axis A1.

導軸117貫通線性軸承118,且於其下端具備向外突出之凸緣120。藉由凸緣120抵接於線性軸承118之下端,而限制導軸117向上方之移動、即保護盤115向上方之移動。即,凸緣120係限制保護盤115向上方之移動之限制構件。 The guide shaft 117 penetrates the linear bearing 118 and has a flange 120 protruding outward at a lower end thereof. The flange 120 abuts on the lower end of the linear bearing 118, and restricts the upward movement of the guide shaft 117, that is, the upward movement of the protection disc 115. That is, the flange 120 is a restriction member that restricts the upward movement of the protection disc 115.

於相較導軸117距離旋轉軸線A1更遠之外側且相較可動銷110距離旋轉軸線A1更近之內側之位置,於保護盤115之下表面固定有保持有第1上浮用磁鐵160之磁鐵保持構件161。於本實施形態中,第1上浮用磁鐵160係使磁極方向朝向上下方向而保持於磁鐵保持構件161。例如,第1上浮用磁鐵160亦可以於下側具有S極且於上側具有N極之方式固定於磁鐵保持構件161。於本實施形態中,磁鐵保持構件161係於圓周方向隔以等間隔地設置於6個部位。更具體而言,自旋轉軸線A1觀察時,於與相鄰之可動銷110之間(本實施形態中為中間)對應之角度位置配置有各磁鐵 保持構件161。進而,於自旋轉軸線A1觀察時由6個磁鐵保持構件161分割(本實施形態中為等分)之6個角度區域中每隔一個之角度區域內(本實施形態中為該角度區域之中央位置)分別配置有3根導軸117。 At a position farther away from the rotation axis A1 than the guide shaft 117 and inside the rotation pin A1 closer than the movable pin 110, a magnet holding a first floating magnet 160 is fixed to the lower surface of the protection plate 115. Holding member 161. In the present embodiment, the first floating magnet 160 is held on the magnet holding member 161 with the magnetic pole direction facing up and down. For example, the first floating magnet 160 may be fixed to the magnet holding member 161 so as to have an S pole on the lower side and an N pole on the upper side. In this embodiment, the magnet holding members 161 are provided at six positions at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. More specifically, when viewed from the rotation axis A1, each magnet is disposed at an angular position corresponding to an adjacent movable pin 110 (middle in this embodiment). Holding member 161. Furthermore, when viewed from the rotation axis A1, each of the six angular regions divided by six magnet holding members 161 (equivalent in this embodiment) is within every other angular region (in the present embodiment, the center of the angular region). Position) are provided with three guide shafts 117, respectively.

如圖4所示,於旋轉台107,於與6個磁鐵保持構件161對應之6個部位形成有貫通孔162。各貫通孔162係以能夠使相對應之磁鐵保持構件161分別於與旋轉軸線A1平行之鉛垂方向插通之方式形成。於保護盤115位於下位置時,磁鐵保持構件161插通貫通孔162並突出至相較旋轉台107之下表面更靠下方,第1上浮用磁鐵160位於相較旋轉台107之下表面更靠下方。 As shown in FIG. 4, through-holes 162 are formed on the turntable 107 at six locations corresponding to the six magnet holding members 161. Each through-hole 162 is formed so that the corresponding magnet holding member 161 can be inserted in the vertical direction parallel to the rotation axis A1, respectively. When the protection plate 115 is in the lower position, the magnet holding member 161 is inserted through the through hole 162 and protrudes below the lower surface of the turntable 107, and the first floating magnet 160 is located closer to the lower surface of the turntable 107. Below.

於旋轉台107之下方設置有用以使保護盤115上浮之第2上浮用磁鐵129。第2上浮用磁鐵129係形成為與旋轉軸線A1同軸之圓環狀,且沿著與旋轉軸線A1正交之平面(水平面)而配置。第2上浮用磁鐵129係配置於相對於旋轉軸線A1而言較第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127近之位置。即,於俯視時,位於相較第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127更靠內徑側。又,第2上浮用磁鐵129配置於較第1上浮用磁鐵160低之位置。於本實施形態中,第2上浮用磁鐵129之磁極方向沿著水平方向即旋轉台107之旋轉半徑方向。於第1上浮用磁鐵160之下表面具有S極之情形時,第2上浮用磁鐵129係以於旋轉半徑方向內側呈環狀具有相同之磁極、即S極之方式構成。 Below the turntable 107, a second floating magnet 129 is provided for floating the protection plate 115. The second floating magnet 129 is formed in an annular shape coaxial with the rotation axis A1, and is arranged along a plane (horizontal plane) orthogonal to the rotation axis A1. The second floating magnet 129 is located closer to the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 relative to the rotation axis A1. That is, it is located closer to the inner diameter side than the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 in a plan view. The second floating magnet 129 is disposed at a position lower than the first floating magnet 160. In this embodiment, the magnetic pole direction of the second floating magnet 129 is along the horizontal direction, that is, the rotation radius direction of the turntable 107. When the lower surface of the first floating magnet 160 has S poles, the second floating magnet 129 is configured to have the same magnetic poles, that is, the S poles, in a ring shape on the inner side in the radial direction of rotation.

於第2上浮用磁鐵129連結有使該第2上浮用磁鐵129升降之第3升降單元(第3相對移動單元)130。第3升降單元130例如為包含可於上下方向伸縮地設置之汽缸之構成,且由該汽缸支 撐。又,第3升降單元130亦可使用電動馬達而構成。 A third lifting unit (third relative moving unit) 130 that lifts and lowers the second floating magnet 129 is connected to the second floating magnet 129. The third lifting unit 130 is, for example, a structure including a cylinder that can be telescopically provided in the vertical direction, and is supported by the cylinder. support. The third lifting unit 130 may be configured using an electric motor.

於第2上浮用磁鐵129位於上位置(參照圖19B)時,於第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間作用排斥磁力,第1上浮用磁鐵160受到向上之外力。藉此,保護盤115自保持有第1上浮用磁鐵160之磁鐵保持構件161受到向上之力而保持於接近基板W之下表面之接近位置。 When the second floating magnet 129 is positioned upward (see FIG. 19B), a repulsive magnetic force acts between the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet 160, and the first floating magnet 160 receives an upward external force. As a result, the protection disk 115 is held by the magnet holding member 161 that holds the first floating magnet 160 upward at a position close to the lower surface of the substrate W under an upward force.

於第2上浮用磁鐵129配置於自上位置朝下方相隔之下位置(參照圖19A)的狀態下,第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之排斥磁力較小,因此,保護盤115藉由自身重量而保持於靠近旋轉台107之上表面之下位置。 In a state where the second floating magnet 129 is disposed at a lower position (refer to FIG. 19A) from the upper position to the lower position (see FIG. 19A), the repulsive magnetic force between the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet 160 is small. The protection plate 115 is held near the upper surface of the turntable 107 by its own weight.

因此,於第2上浮用磁鐵129位於下位置時,保護盤115位於靠近旋轉台107之上表面之下位置,而可動銷110保持於其開放位置。於該狀態下,相對於旋轉夾頭5將基板W搬入及搬出之中心機械手CR可使其手部H2進入至保護盤115與基板W之下表面之間之空間。 Therefore, when the second floating magnet 129 is located in the lower position, the protection plate 115 is located near the lower surface of the upper surface of the turntable 107, and the movable pin 110 is held in the open position. In this state, the center robot CR that carries the substrate W in and out of the rotary chuck 5 can cause its hand H2 to enter the space between the protection disk 115 and the lower surface of the substrate W.

於本實施形態中,設置有保護盤115升降之專用之升降單元(第3升降單元130)。因此,可使第2上浮用磁鐵129之升降動作獨立於第1開放永久磁鐵125之升降動作及第2開放永久磁鐵127之升降動作之各者而進行。即,此意味著可無關於保護盤115之上下位置而實現第1開放永久磁鐵125之升降動作及第2開放永久磁鐵127之升降動作。 In this embodiment, a dedicated lifting unit (third lifting unit 130) for lifting the protection plate 115 is provided. Therefore, the lifting operation of the second floating magnet 129 can be performed independently of each of the lifting operation of the first open permanent magnet 125 and the lifting operation of the second open permanent magnet 127. That is, this means that the lifting operation of the first open permanent magnet 125 and the lifting operation of the second open permanent magnet 127 can be realized regardless of the upper and lower positions of the protection plate 115.

如圖6中放大表示般,結合於旋轉軸108之上端之凸座109保持有用以支撐惰性氣體供給管170之上端部之軸承單元175。軸承單元175具備:間隔件177,其嵌入並固定於形成於凸座 109之凹處176;軸承178,其配置於間隔件177與惰性氣體供給管170之間;及磁性流體軸承179,其同樣地設置於間隔件177與惰性氣體供給管170之間且相較軸承178更靠上方。 As enlargedly shown in FIG. 6, the convex seat 109 coupled to the upper end of the rotating shaft 108 holds a bearing unit 175 for supporting the upper end of the inert gas supply pipe 170. The bearing unit 175 includes a spacer 177 which is fitted and fixed to the boss formed in the spacer. The recess 176 of 109; the bearing 178 is arranged between the spacer 177 and the inert gas supply pipe 170; and the magnetic fluid bearing 179 is similarly arranged between the spacer 177 and the inert gas supply pipe 170 and compared with the bearing 178 is even higher.

如圖5所示,凸座109係一體地具有沿著水平面朝外側突出之凸緣181,且於該凸緣181結合有旋轉台107。進而,於凸緣181,以將旋轉台107之內周緣部夾入之方式固定有上述間隔件177,於該間隔件177結合有罩部184。罩部184係形成為大致圓盤狀,於中央具有用以使惰性氣體供給管170之上端露出之開口,且於其上表面形成有以該開口為底面之凹處185。凹處185具有水平之底面、及自其底面之周緣朝向外側朝斜上方立起之倒立圓錐面狀之傾斜面183。於凹處185之底面結合有整流構件186。整流構件186具有繞旋轉軸線A1沿著圓周方向隔以間隔地離散配置之複數個(例如4個)腳部187,且具有藉由該腳部187自凹處185之底面隔以間隔而配置之底面188。形成有包括自底面188之周緣部朝向外側朝斜上方延伸之倒立圓錐面之傾斜面189。 As shown in FIG. 5, the boss 109 integrally has a flange 181 protruding outward along the horizontal plane, and a rotary table 107 is coupled to the flange 181. Further, the spacer 177 is fixed to the flange 181 so as to sandwich the inner peripheral portion of the turntable 107, and a cover portion 184 is coupled to the spacer 177. The cover portion 184 is formed in a substantially disc shape, has an opening at the center for exposing the upper end of the inert gas supply pipe 170, and a recess 185 is formed on the upper surface thereof with the opening as a bottom surface. The recess 185 has a horizontal bottom surface and an inclined cone-shaped inclined surface 183 that rises obliquely upward from the peripheral edge of the bottom surface toward the outside. A rectifying member 186 is coupled to the bottom surface of the recess 185. The rectifying member 186 has a plurality of (for example, four) leg portions 187 that are discretely disposed at intervals around the rotation axis A1 in the circumferential direction, and that the leg portions 187 are disposed at intervals from the bottom surface of the recess 185. Underside 188. An inclined surface 189 including an inverted conical surface extending diagonally upward from the peripheral edge portion of the bottom surface 188 toward the outside is formed.

如圖5及圖6所示,於罩部184之上表面外周緣朝向外側而形成有凸緣184a。該凸緣184a與形成於保護盤115之內周緣之階差部115a對準。即,於保護盤115位於接近基板W之下表面之接近位置時,凸緣184a與階差部115a相合,罩部184之上表面與保護盤115之上表面位於同一平面內而形成平坦之惰性氣體流路。 As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, a flange 184 a is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the upper surface of the cover portion 184 toward the outside. The flange 184a is aligned with the stepped portion 115a formed on the inner peripheral edge of the protection plate 115. That is, when the protection plate 115 is located close to the lower surface of the substrate W, the flange 184a and the stepped portion 115a meet, and the upper surface of the cover portion 184 and the upper surface of the protection plate 115 are in the same plane to form flat inertia. Gas flow path.

藉由此種構成,自惰性氣體供給管170之上端流出之惰性氣體係流至罩部184之凹處185內由整流構件186之底面188區劃出之空間。該惰性氣體進而經由凹處185之傾斜面183及整流 構件186之傾斜面189所區劃出之放射狀之流路182朝向自旋轉軸線A1離開之放射方向吹出。該惰性氣體係於保護盤115與由可動銷110保持之基板W之下表面之間之空間形成惰性氣體之氣流,並自該空間朝向基板W之旋轉半徑方向外側吹出。 With this configuration, the inert gas system flowing from the upper end of the inert gas supply pipe 170 flows into the space defined by the bottom surface 188 of the rectifying member 186 in the recess 185 of the cover portion 184. The inert gas further passes through the inclined surface 183 of the recess 185 and the rectification. The radial flow path 182 defined by the inclined surface 189 of the member 186 is blown out in a radial direction away from the rotation axis A1. The inert gas system forms a flow of inert gas in the space between the protective disc 115 and the lower surface of the substrate W held by the movable pin 110, and blows out from the space toward the outside of the substrate W in the direction of the radius of rotation.

如圖5所示,保護盤115之上表面之周緣部及保護盤115之周端係由圓環狀之圓環罩191保護。圓環罩191包含:圓環板部192,其自上表面之周緣部朝向徑向外側沿水平方向伸出;及圓筒部193,其自圓環板部192之周端垂下。圓環板部192之外周位於相較旋轉台107之周端更靠外側。圓環板部192及圓筒部193例如使用具有抗藥性之樹脂材料一體地形成。於圓環板部192之內周之與可動銷110對應之位置,形成有用以回避該可動銷110之切口194。切口194係以自可動銷110之外周面確保固定之間隔對該可動銷110鑲邊之方式形成。圓環板部192及圓筒部193例如使用具有抗藥性之樹脂材料一體地形成。 As shown in FIG. 5, the peripheral edge portion of the upper surface of the protection plate 115 and the peripheral end of the protection plate 115 are protected by a ring-shaped ring cover 191. The ring cover 191 includes a ring plate portion 192 that projects horizontally from a peripheral edge portion of the upper surface toward a radially outer side, and a cylindrical portion 193 that hangs from a peripheral end of the ring plate portion 192. The outer periphery of the annular plate portion 192 is located further outside than the peripheral end of the turntable 107. The annular plate portion 192 and the cylindrical portion 193 are integrally formed using, for example, a resin material having chemical resistance. A cutout 194 is formed at a position corresponding to the movable pin 110 on the inner periphery of the annular plate portion 192 to avoid the movable pin 110. The cutout 194 is formed so that the movable pin 110 is bordered by a fixed interval from the outer peripheral surface of the movable pin 110. The annular plate portion 192 and the cylindrical portion 193 are integrally formed using, for example, a resin material having chemical resistance.

圓環罩191之圓環板部192係於上表面具有於由可動銷110保持之基板W之周緣部將惰性氣體之流路節流之節流部190(參照圖20C)。藉由該節流部190,自圓環罩191與基板W之下表面之間之空間朝外側吹出之惰性氣體流之流速成為高速,因此,可確實地避免或抑制基板W之上表面之處理液(藥液或淋洗液)進入至相較基板W之下表面之周緣部更靠內側。 The annular plate portion 192 of the annular cover 191 is a throttle portion 190 (see FIG. 20C) having an upper surface that restricts the flow path of the inert gas to the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W held by the movable pin 110. With the throttle portion 190, the flow rate of the inert gas flow blown outward from the space between the annular cover 191 and the lower surface of the substrate W becomes high speed. Therefore, the processing of the upper surface of the substrate W can be reliably avoided or suppressed. The liquid (medicine solution or eluent) enters more inward than the peripheral edge portion of the lower surface of the substrate W.

如圖2所示,藥液供給單元7包含:藥液噴嘴6,其朝向基板W之上表面吐出FOM(藥液);噴嘴臂21,其於前端部安裝有藥液噴嘴6;及噴嘴移動單元22,其藉由使噴嘴臂21移動而使藥液噴嘴6移動。 As shown in FIG. 2, the medicinal solution supply unit 7 includes a medicinal solution nozzle 6 that discharges a FOM (medicine solution) toward the upper surface of the substrate W; a nozzle arm 21 that is mounted with a medicinal solution nozzle 6 at a front end thereof; A unit 22 moves the medicinal liquid nozzle 6 by moving the nozzle arm 21.

藥液噴嘴6係例如以連續流之狀態吐出FOM之直流噴嘴,以例如沿與基板W之上表面垂直之方向吐出FOM之垂直姿勢安裝於噴嘴臂21。噴嘴臂21沿水平方向延伸,且以可於旋轉夾頭5之周圍繞沿鉛垂方向延伸之既定之擺動軸線(未圖示)回旋的方式設置。 The chemical liquid nozzle 6 is, for example, a DC nozzle that discharges the FOM in a continuous flow state, and is attached to the nozzle arm 21 in a vertical posture that discharges the FOM in a direction perpendicular to the upper surface of the substrate W, for example. The nozzle arm 21 extends in a horizontal direction and is provided so as to be rotatable around a predetermined swing axis (not shown) extending in the vertical direction on the periphery of the rotary chuck 5.

藥液供給單元7包含:藥液配管14,其將FOM導引至藥液噴嘴6;及藥液閥15,其開關藥液配管14。若藥液閥15打開,則來自FOM供給源之FOM自藥液配管14供給至藥液噴嘴6。藉此,自藥液噴嘴6吐出FOM。 The medicinal solution supply unit 7 includes a medicinal solution pipe 14 that guides the FOM to the medicinal solution nozzle 6 and a medicinal solution valve 15 that opens and closes the medicinal solution pipe 14. When the chemical liquid valve 15 is opened, the FOM from the FOM supply source is supplied from the chemical liquid pipe 14 to the chemical liquid nozzle 6. Thereby, FOM is discharged from the chemical liquid nozzle 6.

噴嘴移動單元22係藉由使噴嘴臂21繞擺動軸線回旋,而使藥液噴嘴6沿著於俯視時經過基板W之上表面中央部之軌跡水平移動。噴嘴移動單元22係使藥液噴嘴6在自藥液噴嘴6吐出之FOM著液於基板W之上表面之處理位置與藥液噴嘴6於俯視時設定於旋轉夾頭5之周圍之起始位置之間水平移動。進而,噴嘴移動單元22係使藥液噴嘴6在自藥液噴嘴6吐出之FOM著液於基板W之上表面中央部之中央位置與自藥液噴嘴6吐出之FOM著液於基板W之上表面周緣部之周緣位置之間水平移動。中央位置及周緣位置均為處理位置。 The nozzle moving unit 22 horizontally moves the chemical liquid nozzle 6 along the center of the upper surface of the substrate W in a plan view by rotating the nozzle arm 21 around the swing axis. The nozzle moving unit 22 is a processing position at which the chemical liquid nozzle 6 is deposited on the upper surface of the substrate W by the FOM liquid discharged from the chemical liquid nozzle 6 and the initial position of the chemical liquid nozzle 6 is set around the rotary chuck 5 in a plan view. Move horizontally between. Further, the nozzle moving unit 22 causes the chemical liquid nozzle 6 to be injected onto the substrate W at the center position of the central portion of the upper surface of the substrate W and the FOM ejected from the chemical liquid nozzle 6 onto the substrate W. The peripheral positions of the surface peripheral part move horizontally. The central position and the peripheral position are both processing positions.

再者,藥液噴嘴6亦可為吐出口朝向基板W之上表面之既定位置(例如中央部)固定地配置之固定噴嘴。 In addition, the chemical liquid nozzle 6 may be a fixed nozzle in which a discharge port is fixedly arranged at a predetermined position (for example, a central portion) of the upper surface of the substrate W.

如圖2所示,水供給單元8包含水噴嘴41。水噴嘴41係例如以連續流之狀態吐出液體之直流噴嘴,且於旋轉夾頭5之上方使其吐出口朝向基板W之上表面之中央部固定地配置。於水噴嘴41連接有供給來自水供給源之水之水配管42。於水配管42 之中途部介裝有用以對來自水噴嘴41之水之供給/供給停止進行切換之水閥43。若水閥43打開,則自水配管42供給至水噴嘴41之連續流之水自設定於水噴嘴41之下端之吐出口吐出。又,若水閥43關閉,則停止自水配管42向水噴嘴41供給水。水為例如去離子水(DIW)。亦可為碳酸水、電解離子水、氫水、臭氧水及稀釋濃度(例如,10ppm~100ppm左右)之鹽酸水之任一者,不限定於DIW。 As shown in FIG. 2, the water supply unit 8 includes a water nozzle 41. The water nozzle 41 is, for example, a direct-current nozzle that discharges liquid in a continuous flow state, and the discharge nozzle is fixedly disposed above the rotary chuck 5 so that its discharge port faces the upper surface of the substrate W. A water pipe 42 is connected to the water nozzle 41 to supply water from a water supply source. In the water pipe 42 A water valve 43 is provided in the middle part to switch the stop of the supply / supply of water from the water nozzle 41. When the water valve 43 is opened, a continuous flow of water supplied from the water pipe 42 to the water nozzle 41 is discharged from a discharge port set at the lower end of the water nozzle 41. When the water valve 43 is closed, the supply of water from the water pipe 42 to the water nozzle 41 is stopped. Water is, for example, deionized water (DIW). It may be any of carbonated water, electrolytic ion water, hydrogen water, ozone water, and dilute hydrochloric acid water (for example, about 10 ppm to 100 ppm), and is not limited to DIW.

再者,水噴嘴41無須相對於旋轉夾頭5固定地配置,例如,亦可採用所謂掃描噴嘴之形態,該掃描噴嘴安裝於可於旋轉夾頭5之上方於水平面內擺動之臂,藉由該臂之擺動而掃描基板W之上表面上之水之著液位置。 In addition, the water nozzle 41 does not need to be fixedly disposed with respect to the rotary chuck 5, for example, a so-called scanning nozzle may be adopted. The scanning nozzle is mounted on an arm that can swing above the rotary chuck 5 in a horizontal plane. The swing of the arm scans the position of the liquid on the upper surface of the substrate W.

清洗刷10係包含例如聚乙烯醇(polyvinyl alcohol,PVA)之海綿狀之擦洗構件,且形成圓柱狀。清洗刷10係於其下表面具有平坦狀之清洗面10a。清洗面10a作為與基板W之上表面接觸之接觸面發揮功能。 The cleaning brush 10 is a sponge-like scrubbing member containing, for example, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), and is formed in a cylindrical shape. The cleaning brush 10 has a flat cleaning surface 10a on its lower surface. The cleaning surface 10a functions as a contact surface which contacts the upper surface of the substrate W.

清洗刷驅動單元11包含:擺動臂47,其於前端部保持清洗刷10;及臂驅動單元48,其用以驅動擺動臂47。臂驅動單元48係以可使擺動臂47繞沿鉛垂方向延伸之擺動軸線A2擺動或者使擺動臂47上下移動的方式構成。藉由該構成,可於基板W由旋轉夾頭5保持並進行旋轉時使清洗刷10在基板W之上方之位置與設定於旋轉夾頭5之側方之起始位置之間水平移動。 The cleaning brush driving unit 11 includes: a swing arm 47 that holds the cleaning brush 10 at the front end portion; and an arm driving unit 48 that drives the swing arm 47. The arm driving unit 48 is configured to swing the swing arm 47 about a swing axis A2 extending in the vertical direction or to move the swing arm 47 up and down. With this configuration, when the substrate W is held and rotated by the rotary chuck 5, the cleaning brush 10 can be moved horizontally between the position above the substrate W and the initial position set to the side of the rotary chuck 5.

進而,亦可將清洗刷10之清洗面10a壓抵於基板W之上表面(背面Wb)並使清洗刷10之壓抵位置於基板W之中央部與基板W之周緣部之間沿基板W之半徑方向移動(掃描)。 Further, the cleaning surface 10a of the cleaning brush 10 may be pressed against the upper surface (back surface Wb) of the substrate W, and the pressing position of the cleaning brush 10 may be along the substrate W between the central portion of the substrate W and the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W. Move (scan) in the radial direction.

於該擦洗清洗時,藉由自水噴嘴41供給水(例如純水 (deionized water:去離子水)),而容易消除基板W之背面Wb之異物,又,可將由清洗刷10擦掉之異物朝基板W外排出。 During this scrubbing and washing, water (for example, pure water) is supplied from the water nozzle 41 (deionized water)), and the foreign matter on the back surface Wb of the substrate W can be easily eliminated, and the foreign matter wiped off by the cleaning brush 10 can be discharged to the outside of the substrate W.

如上文參照圖7所敍述般,可動銷110係於自旋轉軸線A3偏心之位置具有上軸部152。即,上軸部152之中心軸線B與旋轉軸線A3錯開。因此,藉由下軸部151之旋轉,而使上軸部152在(中心軸線B)遠離旋轉軸線A1之較遠之開放位置(參照下述之圖8B及圖9B)與(中心軸線B)靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置(參照下述之圖8A及圖9A)之間移位。可動銷110之上軸部152係藉由彈簧等彈性推壓構件(未圖示)之彈性推壓力而朝著開放位置被施壓。於可動銷110位於開放位置之狀態下,與基板W之周端面形成既定之間隙。 As described above with reference to FIG. 7, the movable pin 110 has the upper shaft portion 152 at a position eccentric from the rotation axis A3. That is, the center axis B of the upper shaft portion 152 is offset from the rotation axis A3. Therefore, by the rotation of the lower shaft portion 151, the upper shaft portion 152 is at a relatively open position (the central axis B) away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIGS. 8B and 9B below) and (the central axis B) It is shifted between the holding position (refer to FIG. 8A and FIG. 9A described below) near the rotation axis A1. The upper shaft portion 152 of the movable pin 110 is pressed toward the open position by the elastic pressing force of an elastic pressing member (not shown) such as a spring. When the movable pin 110 is in the open position, a predetermined gap is formed with the peripheral end surface of the substrate W.

圖8A、8B係表示伴隨第1開放永久磁鐵125之升降動作之第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之狀態的示意圖。圖9A、9B係表示伴隨第2開放永久磁鐵127之升降動作之第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之狀態的示意圖。於圖8A中,表示第1開放永久磁鐵125位於下位置(第2位置)之狀態,於圖8B中,表示第1開放永久磁鐵125位於上位置之狀態。於圖9A中,表示第2開放永久磁鐵127位於下位置之狀態,於圖9B中,表示第2開放永久磁鐵127位於上位置之狀態。 8A and 8B are schematic diagrams showing a state of the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 accompanying the lifting operation of the first open permanent magnet 125. 9A and 9B are schematic diagrams showing a state of the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 accompanying the lifting operation of the second open permanent magnet 127. FIG. 8A shows a state where the first open permanent magnet 125 is in the lower position (second position), and FIG. 8B shows a state where the first open permanent magnet 125 is in the upper position. FIG. 9A shows a state where the second open permanent magnet 127 is in the lower position, and FIG. 9B shows a state where the second open permanent magnet 127 is in the upper position.

即便為第1開放永久磁鐵125與第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之角度位置一致之狀態,於如圖8A所示般第1開放永久磁鐵125位於下位置之狀態下,來自第1開放永久磁鐵125之磁力亦不作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。因此,第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110位於保持位置。於該狀態下,第1驅動用永久磁鐵 156A係以例如N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的方式配置。 Even if the angular position of the first open permanent magnet 125 and the first driving permanent magnet 156A are the same, as shown in FIG. 8A, the first open permanent magnet 125 is located in the lower position, and the first open permanent magnet 125 comes from the first open permanent magnet 125. The magnetic force does not act on the first driving permanent magnet 156A. Therefore, the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 is located at the holding position. In this state, the first driving permanent magnet 156A is arranged such that the N pole faces the radially inner side of the turntable 107 and the S pole faces the radially outer side of the turntable 107, for example.

自圖8A所示之狀態使第1開放永久磁鐵125上升並配置於上位置。藉由第1開放永久磁鐵125之上表面接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,而對第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A產生吸引磁力,於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A與第1開放永久磁鐵125之間產生吸引力。於第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於上位置之狀態下,作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之吸引磁力之大小遠超過來自第1封閉永久磁鐵121之吸引磁力(施壓力),藉此,上軸部152自靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置朝遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖2)之開放位置移動。藉此,第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110朝著開放位置被施壓。於該狀態下,如圖8B所示,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A係以例如S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的方式配置。 The first open permanent magnet 125 is raised from the state shown in FIG. 8A and is disposed at the upper position. When the upper surface of the first open permanent magnet 125 approaches the first drive permanent magnet 156A, an attractive magnetic force is generated to the first drive permanent magnet 156A, and between the first drive permanent magnet 156A and the first open permanent magnet 125. Be attractive. In a state where the first open permanent magnet 125 is arranged in the upper position, the magnitude of the attractive magnetic force acting on the first driving permanent magnet 156A is much larger than that of the first closed permanent magnet 121 (pressing force). The shaft portion 152 moves from a holding position near the rotation axis A1 to an open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 2). Thereby, the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 is pressed toward the open position. In this state, as shown in FIG. 8B, the first driving permanent magnet 156A is arranged such that the S pole faces the radially inner side of the turntable 107 and the N pole faces the radially outer side of the turntable 107, for example.

即便為第2開放永久磁鐵127與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之角度位置一致之狀態,於如圖9A所示般第2開放永久磁鐵127位於下位置(第4位置)之狀態下,來自第2開放永久磁鐵127之磁力亦不作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。因此,第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110位於保持位置。於該狀態下,第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B係以例如S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的方式配置。 Even if the angular position of the second open permanent magnet 127 and the second driving permanent magnet 156B are the same, the second open permanent magnet 127 is located in the lower position (fourth position) as shown in FIG. 9A. The magnetic force of the 2 open permanent magnet 127 does not act on the second driving permanent magnet 156B. Therefore, the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 is located at the holding position. In this state, the second driving permanent magnet 156B is arranged, for example, such that the S pole faces the radially inner side of the turntable 107 and the N pole faces the radially outer side of the turntable 107.

自圖9A所示之狀態使第2開放永久磁鐵127上升並配置於上位置。藉由第2開放永久磁鐵127之上表面接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B,而對第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B產生吸引磁力, 於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B與第2開放永久磁鐵127之間產生吸引力。於第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於上位置之狀態下,作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之吸引磁力之大小遠超過來自第2封閉永久磁鐵122之吸引磁力(施壓力),藉此,上軸部152自靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置朝遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖2)之開放位置移動。藉此,第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110朝著開放位置被施壓。於該狀態下,如圖9B所示,第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B係以例如N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的方式配置。 From the state shown in FIG. 9A, the second open permanent magnet 127 is raised and arranged in the upper position. When the upper surface of the second open permanent magnet 127 approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B, an attractive magnetic force is generated to the second driving permanent magnet 156B. An attractive force is generated between the second driving permanent magnet 156B and the second open permanent magnet 127. In a state where the second open permanent magnet 127 is arranged in the upper position, the magnitude of the attractive magnetic force acting on the second driving permanent magnet 156B is far greater than the attractive magnetic force (pressure) from the second closed permanent magnet 122. The shaft portion 152 moves from a holding position near the rotation axis A1 to an open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 2). Thereby, the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 is pressed toward the open position. In this state, as shown in FIG. 9B, the second driving permanent magnet 156B is arranged such that the N pole faces the radially inner side of the turntable 107 and the S pole faces the radially outer side of the turntable 107, for example.

圖10A~圖15B係表示第1可動銷群111及第2可動銷群112之狀態之示意圖。於圖10A、11A、12A、13A、14A、15A中表示驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B、及開放永久磁鐵125、127之狀態,於圖10B、11B、12B、13B、14B、15B中表示各可動銷110之開關狀況。 10A to 15B are schematic diagrams showing states of the first movable pin group 111 and the second movable pin group 112. The states of the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B and the open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are shown in Figs. 10A, 11A, 12A, 13A, 14A, and 15A, and the movable states are shown in Figs. 10B, 11B, 12B, 13B, 14B, and 15B. Switching status of pin 110.

於圖10A、10B中表示第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127均位於上位置之狀態,於圖11A、11B中表示第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127均位於下位置之狀態。於圖12A~圖13B中表示第1開放永久磁鐵125位於上位置且第2開放永久磁鐵127位於下位置之狀態,圖12A、12B為旋轉台107之非旋轉狀態,圖13A、13B為旋轉台107之旋轉狀態。於圖14A~圖15B中表示第2開放永久磁鐵127位於上位置且第1開放永久磁鐵125位於下位置之狀態,圖14A、14B為旋轉台107之非旋轉狀態,圖15A、15B為旋轉台107之旋轉狀態。 FIGS. 10A and 10B show a state where the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are both in the upper position, and FIGS. 11A and 11B show a state where the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are in the lower position. Figs. 12A to 13B show a state where the first open permanent magnet 125 is in the upper position and the second open permanent magnet 127 is in the lower position. Figs. 12A and 12B are non-rotating states of the rotary table 107, and Figs. 13A and 13B are rotary tables. 107 rotation state. 14A to 15B show a state in which the second open permanent magnet 127 is in the upper position and the first open permanent magnet 125 is in the lower position. FIGS. 14A and 14B are non-rotating states of the rotary table 107, and FIGS. 15A and 15B are rotary tables 107 rotation state.

開放永久磁鐵125、127係沿旋轉台107之圓周方向 以60°之等間隔配置。又,可動銷110亦以60°之等間隔配置。因此,可形成如圖10A、11A、12A、13A、14A、15A所示般各第1開放永久磁鐵125與各第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之角度位置一致(彼此對向)且各第2開放永久磁鐵127與各第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之角度位置一致(彼此對向)的對向狀態。 The open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are along the circumference of the turntable 107. Arranged at equal intervals of 60 °. The movable pins 110 are also arranged at equal intervals of 60 °. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 10A, 11A, 12A, 13A, 14A, and 15A, the angular positions of the first open permanent magnets 125 and the first drive permanent magnets 156A can be aligned (opposing each other) and the second open The permanent magnets 127 and the second driving permanent magnets 156B have an angular position in which their angular positions are aligned (opposite each other).

於該對向狀態下,於如圖10A、10B所示般將第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127均配置於上位置之狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110、及第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110之任一者、即6根可動銷110全部配置於開放位置(開放)。 In this opposed state, in a state where the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are arranged in the upper position as shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B, the three movable pins included in the first movable pin group 111 110 and any of the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112, that is, the six movable pins 110 are all arranged in the open position (open).

於上述對向狀態下,於如圖11A、11B所示般將第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127均配置於下位置之狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110、及第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110之任一者、即6根可動銷110全部配置於保持位置(封閉)。 In the above-mentioned facing state, in a state where the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are arranged in the lower position as shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B, the three movable pins included in the first movable pin group 111 110 and any of the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112, that is, the six movable pins 110 are all arranged in the holding position (closed).

於上述對向狀態下,於如圖12A、12B所示般將第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於上位置且將第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於下位置的狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110配置於開放位置(開放),且第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110配置於保持位置(封閉)。 In the above-mentioned facing state, as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B, the first movable permanent magnet 125 is arranged in the upper position and the second opened permanent magnet 127 is arranged in the lower position, in the first movable pin group 111. The three movable pins 110 included are arranged in an open position (open), and the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are arranged in a holding position (closed).

考慮自圖12A、12B之狀態使旋轉台107旋轉之狀態。旋轉台107之旋轉速度設為液體處理速度(例如約500rpm)。於旋轉台107之旋轉狀態下,於伴隨旋轉台107之旋轉而旋轉之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B通過之環狀區域形成磁場產生區域 129A(參照圖13A)。該磁場產生區域129A之圓周方向長度(角度)較相對應之第1開放永久磁鐵125之圓周方向長度(角度)長。由於第1開放永久磁鐵125之圓周方向長度(角度)為60°,而且,第1開放永久磁鐵125於旋轉台107之圓周方向設置有3個,故而於使基板W以液體處理速度(例如約500rpm)朝向旋轉方向Dr旋轉時,於伴隨旋轉台107之旋轉而旋轉之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B通過之環狀區域,如圖13A、13B所示,形成全周環狀之磁場產生區域129A(參照圖13A)。 Consider a state where the turntable 107 is rotated from the state of FIGS. 12A and 12B. The rotation speed of the turntable 107 is set to a liquid processing speed (for example, about 500 rpm). In the rotating state of the rotary table 107, a magnetic field generating region is formed in a ring-shaped region passed by the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B that rotates with the rotation of the rotary table 107. 129A (refer to FIG. 13A). The circumferential length (angle) of the magnetic field generating region 129A is longer than the circumferential length (angle) of the corresponding first open permanent magnet 125. Since the length (angle) of the first open permanent magnet 125 in the circumferential direction is 60 °, and three first open permanent magnets 125 are provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107, the substrate W is processed at a liquid processing speed (for example, approximately (500rpm) When rotating in the direction of rotation Dr, the ring-shaped area through which the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B that rotates with the rotation of the turntable 107 passes, as shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B, forms a circumferential magnetic field generating area 129A. (Refer to FIG. 13A).

由於磁場產生區域129A(參照圖13A)呈全周環狀,故而不管旋轉台107之旋轉姿勢如何,來自第1開放永久磁鐵125之吸引磁力均作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。因此,於旋轉台107之旋轉狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110配置於開放位置(開放)。第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110當然配置於保持位置(封閉)。此時,基板W係由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110支撐並良好地進行旋轉。 Since the magnetic field generating region 129A (see FIG. 13A) has a full-circle ring shape, regardless of the rotation posture of the turntable 107, the attractive magnetic force from the first open permanent magnet 125 acts on the first driving permanent magnet 156A. Therefore, in the rotating state of the turntable 107, the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are arranged in the open position (open). Of course, the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are arranged at the holding position (closed). At this time, the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 and rotates well.

於上述對向狀態下,於如圖14A、14B所示般將第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於上位置且將第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於下位置的狀態下,第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110配置於開放位置(開放),且第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110配置於保持位置(封閉)。 In the facing state, as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the second movable permanent magnet 127 is arranged in the upper position and the first movable permanent magnet 125 is arranged in the lower position, in the second movable pin group 112. The three movable pins 110 included are arranged in an open position (open), and the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are arranged in a holding position (closed).

考慮自圖14A、14B之狀態使旋轉台107旋轉之狀態。旋轉台107之旋轉速度設為液體處理速度(例如約500rpm)。於旋轉台107之旋轉狀態下,於伴隨旋轉台107之旋轉而旋轉之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B通過之環狀區域形成磁場產生區域 129B(參照圖15A)。該磁場產生區域129B之圓周方向長度(角度)較相對應之第2開放永久磁鐵127之圓周方向長度(角度)長。由於第2開放永久磁鐵127之圓周方向長度(角度)為60°,而且,第2開放永久磁鐵127於旋轉台107之圓周方向設置有3個,故而於使基板W以液體處理速度(例如約500rpm)朝向旋轉方向Dr旋轉時,於伴隨旋轉台107之旋轉而旋轉之驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B通過之環狀區域,如圖15A、15B所示,形成全周環狀之磁場產生區域129B(參照圖15A)。 Consider a state where the turntable 107 is rotated from the state of FIGS. 14A and 14B. The rotation speed of the turntable 107 is set to a liquid processing speed (for example, about 500 rpm). In the rotating state of the rotary table 107, a magnetic field generating region is formed in a ring-shaped region passed by the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B that rotates with the rotation of the rotary table 107. 129B (refer to FIG. 15A). The circumferential length (angle) of the magnetic field generating region 129B is longer than the circumferential length (angle) of the corresponding second open permanent magnet 127. Since the length (angle) of the second open permanent magnet 127 in the circumferential direction is 60 ° and three second open permanent magnets 127 are provided in the circumferential direction of the turntable 107, the substrate W is processed at a liquid processing speed (for example, approximately (500 rpm) When rotating in the direction of rotation Dr, the ring-shaped area passed by the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B rotating with the rotation of the turntable 107, as shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, forms a ring-shaped magnetic field generating area 129B. (Refer to FIG. 15A).

由於磁場產生區域129B(參照圖15A)呈全周環狀,故而不管旋轉台107之旋轉姿勢如何,來自第2開放永久磁鐵127之吸引磁力均作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。因此,於旋轉台107之旋轉狀態下,第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110配置於開放位置(開放)。第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110當然配置於保持位置(封閉)。此時,基板W係由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110支撐並良好地進行旋轉。 Since the magnetic field generation region 129B (see FIG. 15A) has a full-circle shape, regardless of the rotation posture of the turntable 107, the attraction magnetic force from the second open permanent magnet 127 acts on the second driving permanent magnet 156B. Therefore, in the rotating state of the turntable 107, the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are arranged in the open position (open). Of course, the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are arranged at the holding position (closed). At this time, the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and rotates well.

如此般,於基板W之旋轉狀態下,控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126及第2升降單元128而對將第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於上位置且將第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於下位置的狀態(參照圖13A、13B)與將第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於上位置且將第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於下位置的狀態(參照圖15A、15B)進行切換,藉此,可對由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態與由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換。 As such, in the rotating state of the substrate W, the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126 and the second lifting unit 128 to arrange the first open permanent magnet 125 in the upper position and the second open permanent magnet 127 in the lower position. The state of the position (see FIGS. 13A and 13B) and the state (see FIGS. 15A and 15B) in which the second open permanent magnet 127 is arranged in the upper position and the first open permanent magnet 125 is arranged in the lower position can be switched. The state where the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are in contact with the support substrate W and the state where the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W are switched.

圖16係用於說明基板處理裝置1之主要部分之電氣 構成的方塊圖。 FIG. 16 is an electrical diagram for explaining the main part of the substrate processing apparatus 1 Composition of block diagrams.

控制裝置3依據預先所規定之程式,對旋轉驅動單元103、噴嘴移動單元22、臂驅動單元48、第1~第3升降單元126、128、130等之動作進行控制。進而,控制裝置3對藥液閥15、水閥43、惰性氣體閥173、惰性氣體流量調整閥174等之開關動作等進行控制。 The control device 3 controls operations of the rotation driving unit 103, the nozzle moving unit 22, the arm driving unit 48, the first to third lifting units 126, 128, 130, and the like according to a predetermined program. Further, the control device 3 controls switching operations of the chemical liquid valve 15, the water valve 43, the inert gas valve 173, the inert gas flow rate adjustment valve 174, and the like.

圖17係用於說明作為藉由處理單元2執行之處理液處理之清洗處理之一例的流程圖。圖18係用於說明處理液處理之時序圖。圖19A~19K係用於說明上述處理液處理之一例之圖解圖。圖20A、20B係表示可動銷110位於保持位置時及可動銷110位於開放位置時之各個時間之處理液之流回狀態的圖。圖20C係表示基板W之周緣部之處理液及惰性氣體之流動的剖面圖。 FIG. 17 is a flowchart for explaining an example of a cleaning process as a processing liquid process performed by the processing unit 2. Fig. 18 is a timing chart for explaining the treatment liquid treatment. 19A to 19K are diagrams for explaining an example of the treatment liquid treatment described above. 20A and 20B are diagrams showing the flow-back state of the processing liquid at various times when the movable pin 110 is in the holding position and when the movable pin 110 is in the open position. FIG. 20C is a cross-sectional view showing the flow of the processing liquid and the inert gas at the peripheral portion of the substrate W. FIG.

一面參照圖1、圖2~圖7、圖17及圖18,一面對該處理液處理進行說明。又,適當參照圖19A~19K及圖20A~20C。 The treatment liquid treatment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2 to 7, 17 and 18. 19A to 19K and FIGS. 20A to 20C are appropriately referred to.

處理單元2例如將利用退火裝置或成膜裝置等預處理裝置處理後之基板(以下,有時稱為「未清洗基板」)W設為處理對象。作為基板W之一例,可列舉圓形之矽基板。處理單元2例如對基板W之與表面Wa(另一主面,器件形成面)為相反側之背面Wb(一主面,器件非形成面)進行清洗。 The processing unit 2 sets, for example, a substrate (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “uncleaned substrate”) W processed by a pretreatment device such as an annealing device or a film forming device as a processing target. An example of the substrate W is a circular silicon substrate. The processing unit 2 cleans, for example, the back surface Wb (one main surface, a non-device-forming surface) of the substrate W opposite to the surface Wa (the other main surface, the device-forming surface).

收容有未清洗基板W之載體C係自預處理裝置搬送至基板處理裝置1,並載置於裝載埠LP。於載體C,以使基板W之表面Wa朝上之狀態收容有基板W。控制裝置3藉由分度機械手IR將基板W以表面Wa朝上之狀態自載體C搬送至翻轉單元TU。繼而,控制裝置3藉由翻轉單元TU使搬送來之基板W翻轉(S1: 基板翻轉)。藉此,使基板W之背面Wb朝上。其後,控制裝置3藉由中心機械手CR之手部H2,自翻轉單元TU取出基板W,並將基板W以其背面Wb朝向上方之狀態搬入至處理單元2內(步驟S2)。 The carrier C containing the uncleaned substrate W is transferred from the pre-processing apparatus to the substrate processing apparatus 1 and is placed in the loading port LP. A substrate W is housed on the carrier C with the surface Wa of the substrate W facing upward. The control device 3 transfers the substrate W from the carrier C to the turning unit TU with the indexing robot IR with the surface Wa facing upward. Then, the control device 3 reverses the conveyed substrate W by the reversing unit TU (S1: Substrate flipped). Thereby, the back surface Wb of the substrate W is directed upward. After that, the control device 3 takes out the substrate W from the reversing unit TU through the hand H2 of the center robot CR, and carries the substrate W into the processing unit 2 with its back surface Wb facing upward (step S2).

於搬入基板W之前,藥液噴嘴6退避至設定於旋轉夾頭5之側方之起始位置。又,清洗刷10亦退避至設定於旋轉夾頭5之側方之起始位置。以成為各第1開放永久磁鐵125與各第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之角度位置彼此對向且各第2開放永久磁鐵127與各第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之角度位置彼此對向之對向狀態的方式,決定旋轉台107之旋轉方向姿勢。又,第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127均配置於上位置。此時,成為圖11A、11B所示之狀態。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110、及第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110之任一者、即6根可動銷110全部配置於開放位置。 Before the substrate W is carried in, the chemical liquid nozzle 6 retracts to the initial position set on the side of the rotary chuck 5. In addition, the cleaning brush 10 is also retracted to the initial position set on the side of the rotary chuck 5. The angular positions of the first open permanent magnets 125 and the first driving permanent magnets 156A face each other, and the angular positions of the second open permanent magnets 127 and the second driving permanent magnets 156B face each other. The state mode determines the rotation direction posture of the turntable 107. Both the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 are arranged at the upper position. At this time, the state shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B is obtained. In this state, all of the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112, that is, the six movable pins 110 are all disposed in the open state. position.

又,第2上浮用磁鐵129配置於下位置,因此,第2上浮用磁鐵129較大程度地朝下方遠離旋轉台107,故而作用於第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之排斥磁力較小。因此,保護盤115位於接近旋轉台107之上表面之下位置。由此,於基於可動銷110之基板保持高度與保護盤115之上表面之間,確保中心機械手CR之手部H2能夠進入之充分之空間。 In addition, since the second floating magnet 129 is disposed in a lower position, the second floating magnet 129 is largely spaced downward from the turntable 107, and therefore acts between the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet 160. Its repulsive magnetic force is small. Therefore, the protection plate 115 is located close to the lower surface of the upper surface of the turntable 107. Thereby, a sufficient space that the hand H2 of the center robot CR can enter is ensured between the substrate holding height based on the movable pin 110 and the upper surface of the protection plate 115.

中心機械手CR之手部H2係以於高於可動銷110之上端之位置保持有基板W之狀態,將該基板W搬送至旋轉夾頭5之上方。其後,中心機械手CR之手部H2如圖19A所示,朝向旋轉台107之上表面下降。 The hand H2 of the center robot CR holds the substrate W at a position higher than the upper end of the movable pin 110, and carries the substrate W above the rotary chuck 5. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 19A, the hand H2 of the center robot CR descends toward the upper surface of the turntable 107.

繼而,控制裝置3控制第1及第2升降單元126、128,使第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向下位置下降,並保持於下位置(步驟S3)。此時,成為圖10A、10B所示之狀態。因此,藉此,所有可動銷110自開放位置朝保持位置被驅動,並保持於其保持位置。藉此,由6根可動銷110握持基板W。基板W係以其表面Wa朝向下方且其背面Wb朝向上方之狀態保持於旋轉夾頭5。 Then, the control device 3 controls the first and second lifting units 126 and 128 to lower the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 toward the lower position and maintain the lower position (step S3). At this time, the state shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B is obtained. Therefore, by this, all the movable pins 110 are driven from the open position toward the holding position, and are held in the holding position. Accordingly, the substrate W is held by the six movable pins 110. The substrate W is held by the spin chuck 5 with its surface Wa facing downward and its back surface Wb facing upward.

其後,中心機械手CR之手部H2經過可動銷110之間而朝旋轉夾頭5之側方退避。 Thereafter, the hand H2 of the center robot CR passes between the movable pins 110 and retracts to the side of the rotary chuck 5.

又,控制裝置3控制第3升降單元130,而如圖19B所示,使第2上浮用磁鐵129朝向上位置上升。其等上浮用磁鐵129、160之間之距離縮小,相應於此,作用於其等之間之排斥磁力變大。藉由該排斥磁力,而保護盤115自旋轉台107之上表面朝向基板W上浮。然後,若第1開放永久磁鐵125到達至上位置,則保護盤115到達至與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)隔以微小間隔而接近之接近位置,且形成於導軸117之下端之凸緣120抵接於線性軸承118。藉此,保護盤115保持於上述接近位置。於該狀態下,控制裝置3將惰性氣體閥173打開,而如圖19B所示,使惰性氣體之供給開始(S4:惰性氣體供給開始)。所供給之惰性氣體係自惰性氣體供給管170之上端吐出,並藉由整流構件186等之作用,朝向位於接近位置之保護盤115與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之間之窄空間,呈以旋轉軸線A1為中心之放射狀吹出。 In addition, the control device 3 controls the third elevating unit 130, and as shown in FIG. 19B, raises the second floating magnet 129 toward the upper position. The distance between the floating magnets 129 and 160 is reduced, and accordingly, the repulsive magnetic force acting between them increases. By the repulsive magnetic force, the protection disk 115 floats from the upper surface of the turntable 107 toward the substrate W. Then, when the first open permanent magnet 125 reaches the upper position, the protection disc 115 reaches the approach position which is close to the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W at a slight interval, and is formed on the flange at the lower end of the guide shaft 117 120 is in abutment with the linear bearing 118. Thereby, the protection plate 115 is maintained at the above-mentioned close position. In this state, the control device 3 opens the inert gas valve 173, and starts the supply of the inert gas as shown in FIG. 19B (S4: start of the inert gas supply). The supplied inert gas system is ejected from the upper end of the inert gas supply pipe 170, and is directed toward a narrow space between the protection disk 115 located at the close position and the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W by the action of the rectifying member 186 and the like. It blows out radially around the rotation axis A1.

其後,控制裝置3控制旋轉驅動單元103,使旋轉台107之旋轉開始(旋轉台旋轉步驟),藉此,如圖19C所示,使基板 W繞旋轉軸線A1旋轉(步驟S5)。基板W之旋轉速度上升至預先規定之液體處理速度(為300~1500rpm之範圍內,例如500rpm),並維持為該液體處理速度。 Thereafter, the control device 3 controls the rotation driving unit 103 to start the rotation of the rotary table 107 (the rotary table rotation step), thereby, as shown in FIG. 19C, the substrate W rotates around the rotation axis A1 (step S5). The rotation speed of the substrate W is increased to a predetermined liquid processing speed (in a range of 300 to 1500 rpm, for example, 500 rpm), and maintained at the liquid processing speed.

基板W之旋轉速度達到液體處理速度之後,控制裝置3如圖19C所示,進行向基板W之背面Wb供給FOM之FOM供給步驟(處理液供給步驟,步驟S6)。於FOM供給步驟(S6)中,控制裝置3藉由控制噴嘴移動單元22而使藥液噴嘴6自起始位置移動至中央位置。藉此,藥液噴嘴6配置於基板W之中央部之上方。藥液噴嘴6配置於基板W之上方之後,控制裝置3將藥液閥15打開,藉此,FOM自藥液噴嘴6之吐出口吐出,並著液於基板W之背面Wb之中央部。供給至基板W之背面Wb之中央部之FOM受到基板W之旋轉所產生之離心力之影響而朝向基板W之背面Wb之周緣部呈放射狀擴展。因此,FOM可遍及基板W之背面Wb之整個區域。 After the rotation speed of the substrate W reaches the liquid processing speed, the control device 3 performs a FOM supply step (a processing liquid supply step, step S6) of supplying the FOM to the back surface Wb of the substrate W as shown in FIG. 19C. In the FOM supply step (S6), the control device 3 moves the chemical liquid nozzle 6 from the starting position to the center position by controlling the nozzle moving unit 22. Thereby, the chemical | medical solution nozzle 6 is arrange | positioned above the center part of the board | substrate W. After the medicinal liquid nozzle 6 is disposed above the substrate W, the control device 3 opens the medicinal liquid valve 15, whereby the FOM is ejected from the discharge port of the medicinal liquid nozzle 6 and impinges on the center of the back surface Wb of the substrate W. The FOM supplied to the central portion of the back surface Wb of the substrate W is expanded radially toward the peripheral edge portion of the back surface Wb of the substrate W by the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the substrate W. Therefore, the FOM can cover the entire area of the back surface Wb of the substrate W.

於FOM供給步驟(S6)中,藉由FOM中包含之臭氧之氧化作用,而於作為矽基板之基板W之背面Wb形成氧化矽膜。又,藉由FOM中包含之氫氟酸之氧化膜蝕刻作用,而將形成於基板W之背面Wb之劃痕(缺口、凹處等)去除,又,亦自基板W之背面Wb去除異物(顆粒、雜質、該基板W之背面Wb之剝落物等)。 In the FOM supply step (S6), a silicon oxide film is formed on the back surface Wb of the substrate W as a silicon substrate by the oxidation of ozone contained in the FOM. In addition, the scratches (notches, recesses, etc.) formed on the back surface Wb of the substrate W are removed by the etching effect of the hydrofluoric acid oxide film included in the FOM, and foreign matter is also removed from the back surface Wb of the substrate W ( Particles, impurities, exfoliation of the back surface Wb of the substrate W, etc.).

於FOM供給步驟(S6)中,自惰性氣體供給管170之上端吐出之惰性氣體係藉由整流構件186等之作用,而朝向位於接近位置之保護盤115與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之間之窄空間,呈以旋轉軸線A1為中心之放射狀吹出。該惰性氣體如圖20C所示,進而藉由形成在形成於配置於保護盤115之周緣部之圓環罩 191之圓環板部192之節流部190與基板W之周緣部之間的流孔而加速,於基板W之側方形成高速之吹出氣流。於本實施形態中,藉由使用保護盤115之對基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之惰性氣體之供給,並非完全防止處理液(藥液或淋洗液)朝基板W之表面Wa(下表面)流回,而僅使處理液反而流回至基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之周緣區域(距離基板W之周端為1.0mm左右之微小範圍),對該表面Wa(下表面)之周緣區域進行清洗。而且,藉由形成高速之吹出氣流,而精度良好地控制其流回量。該流回量依存於對於基板W之上表面之處理液之供給流量、對於基板W之下表面之惰性氣體之供給流量、基板W之旋轉速度等。 In the FOM supply step (S6), the inert gas system discharged from the upper end of the inert gas supply pipe 170 is directed toward the protection disk 115 and the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W located at the close position by the action of the rectifying member 186 and the like. The narrow space between them is blown out radially with the rotation axis A1 as the center. As shown in FIG. 20C, the inert gas is further formed by a ring cover formed on a peripheral portion of the protection plate 115. The orifice 191 between the throttle plate 190 of the annular plate portion 192 and the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W accelerates, and a high-speed blowing air current is formed on the side of the substrate W. In this embodiment, the supply of an inert gas to the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W using the protective disc 115 does not completely prevent the processing liquid (medicine or eluent) from coming toward the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W The surface) flows back, and only the processing liquid flows back to the peripheral area of the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W (a small range of about 1.0 mm from the peripheral end of the substrate W), and the surface Wa (lower surface) The peripheral area is cleaned. Furthermore, by forming a high-speed blowing airflow, the flow-back amount can be controlled with high accuracy. The flow-back amount depends on the supply flow rate of the processing liquid to the upper surface of the substrate W, the supply flow rate of the inert gas to the lower surface of the substrate W, the rotation speed of the substrate W, and the like.

又,於FOM供給步驟(S6)中,於執行該步驟之過程中,利用3根可動銷110支撐基板W。進而,對由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態與由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換。 In the FOM supply step (S6), the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 during the execution of this step. Further, a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are in contact with the support substrate W and a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W are switched.

具體而言,若自FOM之吐出開始起經過既定之期間,則控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而如圖19D所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第1開放永久磁鐵125朝向上位置上升,並保持於該上位置。藉此,成為將第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於上位置且將第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於下位置的狀態(參照圖13A、13B),第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110自截至當時為止之保持位置配置至開放位置。藉此,成為由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第1磁鐵配置步驟)。 Specifically, if a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the discharge of the FOM, the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126, and as shown in FIG. 19D, the first open permanent magnet 125 in the lower position as of that time is directed upward. The position rises and remains in the upper position. As a result, the first open permanent magnet 125 is placed in the upper position and the second open permanent magnet 127 is placed in the lower position (see FIGS. 13A and 13B). The three movable pins included in the first movable pin group 111 110 has been placed in the open position from the holding position up to that time. As a result, a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W is obtained (a first magnet disposing step).

若自第1開放永久磁鐵125之上升起經過既定之期間 (例如10秒鐘),則控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而圖19C所示,使第1開放永久磁鐵125朝向下位置下降,並保持於該下位置。藉此,成為第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127均配置於下位置之狀態,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110返回至開放位置,藉此,再次成為由合計6根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態。 If a predetermined period elapses from the rise of the first open permanent magnet 125 (For example, 10 seconds), the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126, and as shown in FIG. 19C, the first open permanent magnet 125 is lowered toward the lower position and held in the lower position. As a result, the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 are both placed in the lower position, and the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are returned to the open position. A total of six movable pins 110 are in contact with the support substrate W.

若自第1開放永久磁鐵125之下降起經過既定之期間(例如3秒鐘),則控制裝置3控制第2升降單元128,而如圖19E所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向上位置上升,並保持於該上位置。藉此,成為將第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於上位置且將第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於下位置之狀態(參照圖15A、15B),第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110自截至當時為止之保持位置配置至開放位置。藉此,成為由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第2磁鐵配置步驟)。 When a predetermined period (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed since the first open permanent magnet 125 was lowered, the control device 3 controls the second lifting unit 128, and as shown in FIG. 19E, the second lifting unit 128 is positioned in the lower position until then. The open permanent magnet 127 rises toward the upper position and is held in the upper position. As a result, the second open permanent magnet 127 is placed in the upper position and the first open permanent magnet 125 is placed in the lower position (see FIGS. 15A and 15B). The three movable pins included in the second movable pin group 112 110 has been placed in the open position from the holding position up to that time. As a result, a state where the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are in contact with the support substrate W (a second magnet disposing step) is obtained.

若自第2開放永久磁鐵127之上升起經過既定之期間(例如10秒鐘),則控制裝置3控制第2升降單元128,而使第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向下位置下降,並保持於該下位置。藉此,成為第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127均配置於下位置之狀態,第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110返回至開放位置,藉此,再次成為由合計6根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態。 When a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed since the rise of the second open permanent magnet 127, the control device 3 controls the second lifting unit 128 to lower the second open permanent magnet 127 toward the lower position and maintains the position Down position. As a result, the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 are both placed in the lower position, and the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are returned to the open position. A total of six movable pins 110 are in contact with the support substrate W.

藉由如此般對僅利用第1可動銷群111接觸支撐基板W之狀態與僅利用第2可動銷群112接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換,可於FOM供給步驟(S6)中使處於旋轉狀態之基板W之周緣 部之可動銷110之接觸支撐位置變化。 By switching between the state in which the support substrate W is contacted only by the first movable pin group 111 and the state in which the support substrate W is contacted only by the second movable pin group 112 in this way, the rotation state can be made in the FOM supply step (S6). Perimeter of substrate W The contact support position of the movable pin 110 of the part changes.

對基板W上之可動銷110之理想之支撐位置(圓周方向之6處)上之FOM之流回進行研究。於可動銷110位於保持位置之狀態下,供給至基板W之上表面之FOM如圖20A所示,與接觸基板W之周端面之上軸部152產生干涉。因此,於在理想之支撐位置(圓周方向之6處)可動銷110位於保持位置之狀態下,無法使供給至基板W之上表面之FOM經由基板W之周端面流回至基板W之下表面之周緣區域。 The flow back of the FOM at the ideal support position (six points in the circumferential direction) of the movable pin 110 on the substrate W is studied. When the movable pin 110 is in the holding position, the FOM supplied to the upper surface of the substrate W interferes with the shaft portion 152 on the peripheral end surface of the contact substrate as shown in FIG. 20A. Therefore, the FOM supplied to the upper surface of the substrate W cannot flow back to the lower surface of the substrate W through the peripheral end surface of the substrate W in a state where the movable pin 110 is in the holding position at an ideal support position (6 locations in the circumferential direction). Peripheral area.

另一方面,於可動銷110位於開放位置之狀態下,如圖20B所示,與基板W之周端面形成有既定之間隙。可經由該間隙使供給至基板W之上表面之FOM經由基板W之周端面流回至基板W之下表面之周緣區域。 On the other hand, in a state where the movable pin 110 is in the open position, as shown in FIG. 20B, a predetermined gap is formed with the peripheral end surface of the substrate W. The FOM supplied to the upper surface of the substrate W can flow back to the peripheral region of the lower surface of the substrate W through the peripheral end surface of the substrate W through the gap.

若自FOM之吐出開始起經過既定之期間,則FOM供給步驟(S6)結束。具體而言,控制裝置3將藥液閥15關閉,而停止自藥液噴嘴6吐出FOM。又,控制裝置3使藥液噴嘴6自中央位置移動至起始位置。藉此,藥液噴嘴6自基板W之上方退避。 When a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the discharge of the FOM, the FOM supply step (S6) ends. Specifically, the control device 3 closes the chemical liquid valve 15 and stops discharging the FOM from the chemical liquid nozzle 6. The control device 3 moves the chemical liquid nozzle 6 from the center position to the starting position. As a result, the chemical liquid nozzle 6 retracts from above the substrate W.

於FOM供給步驟(S6)中之上述說明中,對每隔1次進行僅利用第1可動銷群111之基板W之支撐與僅利用第2可動銷群112之基板W之支撐的情形進行了說明,但亦可於FOM供給步驟(S6)中複數次進行利用該等可動銷群111、112之一者之支撐。 In the above description in the FOM supply step (S6), the case where the support using only the substrate W of the first movable pin group 111 and the support using only the substrate W of the second movable pin group 112 was performed every other time. Explanation, but it is also possible to use the support of one of these movable pin groups 111 and 112 several times in the FOM supply step (S6).

FOM供給步驟(S6)結束後,緊接著開始向基板W之背面Wb供給作為淋洗液之水(S7:淋洗步驟,處理液供給步驟)。 Immediately after the FOM supply step (S6) is completed, the supply of water as the eluent to the back surface Wb of the substrate W is started (S7: the eluent step, the process liquid supply step).

具體而言,控制裝置3將水閥43打開,而如圖19F所示,朝向基板W之背面Wb之中央部自水噴嘴41吐出水。自水 噴嘴41吐出之水著液於由FOM覆蓋之基板W之背面Wb之中央部。著液於基板W之背面Wb之中央部之水受到基板W之旋轉所產生之離心力之影響而於基板W之背面Wb上朝向基板W之周緣部流動,並朝基板W之背面Wb之整個區域擴展。因此,基板W上之FOM被水沖走至外側,而排出至基板W之周圍。藉此,附著於基板W之背面Wb之FOM被置換為水。 Specifically, the control device 3 opens the water valve 43 and, as shown in FIG. 19F, water is discharged from the water nozzle 41 toward the center portion of the back surface Wb of the substrate W. Since water The water solution discharged from the nozzle 41 is located at the center of the back surface Wb of the substrate W covered by the FOM. The water that has been deposited on the central portion of the back surface Wb of the substrate W is affected by the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the substrate W, and flows on the back surface Wb of the substrate W toward the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W and toward the entire area of the back surface Wb of the substrate W Expansion. Therefore, the FOM on the substrate W is washed away to the outside by the water and discharged to the periphery of the substrate W. Thereby, the FOM attached to the back surface Wb of the substrate W is replaced with water.

又,於淋洗步驟(S7)中,於執行該步驟之過程中,利用3根可動銷110支撐基板W。進而,對由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態與由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換。 In the rinsing step (S7), the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 during the step. Further, a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are in contact with the support substrate W and a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W are switched.

具體而言,若自水之吐出開始起經過既定之期間,則控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而如圖19G所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第1開放永久磁鐵125朝向上位置上升,並保持於該上位置。藉此,成為由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第1磁鐵配置步驟)。 Specifically, if a predetermined period has elapsed since the start of the water spout, the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126, and as shown in FIG. 19G, the first open permanent magnet 125 in the lower position as of that time is directed upward. The position rises and remains in the upper position. As a result, a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W is obtained (a first magnet disposing step).

若自第1開放永久磁鐵125之上升起經過既定之期間(例如10秒鐘),則控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而如圖19F所示,使第1開放永久磁鐵125朝向下位置下降,並保持於該下位置。藉此,再次成為由合計6根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態。 If a predetermined period (for example, 10 seconds) has passed since the first open permanent magnet 125 was raised, the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126, and as shown in FIG. 19F, the first open permanent magnet 125 faces downward. Lower and stay in this lower position. As a result, the support substrate W is brought into contact with the total of six movable pins 110 again.

若自第1開放永久磁鐵125之下降起經過既定之期間(例如3秒鐘),則控制裝置3控制第2升降單元128,而如圖19H所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向上位置上升,並保持於該上位置。藉此,成為由第1可動銷群111中 包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第2磁鐵配置步驟)。 When a predetermined period of time (for example, 3 seconds) has passed since the first open permanent magnet 125 was lowered, the control device 3 controls the second lifting unit 128, and as shown in FIG. 19H, the second lifting unit 128 is positioned in the lower position until then. The open permanent magnet 127 rises toward the upper position and is held in the upper position. As a result, the first movable pin group 111 A state in which the three movable pins 110 are in contact with the support substrate W (second magnet arrangement step).

若自第2開放永久磁鐵127之上升起經過既定之期間(例如10秒鐘),則控制裝置3控制第2升降單元128,使第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向下位置下降,並保持於該下位置。藉此,再次成為由合計6根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態。 When a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed since the rise of the second open permanent magnet 127, the control device 3 controls the second lifting unit 128 so that the second open permanent magnet 127 descends toward the lower position and is held there. position. As a result, the support substrate W is brought into contact with the total of six movable pins 110 again.

藉由如此般對僅利用第1可動銷群111接觸支撐基板W之狀態與僅利用第2可動銷群112接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換,而可於淋洗步驟(S7)中使處於旋轉狀態之基板W之周緣部之可動銷110之接觸支撐位置變化。 By switching between the state in which the support substrate W is contacted only by the first movable pin group 111 and the state in which the support substrate W is contacted only by the second movable pin group 112, the rotation can be performed in the washing step (S7). The contact support position of the movable pin 110 in the peripheral portion of the substrate W in the state is changed.

對基板W上之可動銷110之理想之支撐位置(圓周方向之6處)上之水之流回進行研究。於可動銷110位於保持位置之狀態下,供給至基板W之上表面之水如圖20A所示,與接觸基板W之周端面之上軸部152產生干涉。因此,於在理想之支撐位置(圓周方向之6處)可動銷110位於保持位置之狀態下,無法使供給至基板W之上表面之水經由基板W之周端面流回至基板W之下表面之周緣區域。 The flow back of water at the ideal support position (six points in the circumferential direction) of the movable pin 110 on the substrate W is studied. In a state where the movable pin 110 is in the holding position, the water supplied to the upper surface of the substrate W interferes with the shaft portion 152 on the peripheral end surface of the contact substrate as shown in FIG. 20A. Therefore, in a state where the movable pin 110 is in the holding position at an ideal support position (6 places in the circumferential direction), water supplied to the upper surface of the substrate W cannot flow back to the lower surface of the substrate W through the peripheral end surface of the substrate W. Peripheral area.

另一方面,於可動銷110位於開放位置之狀態下,如圖20B所示,與基板W之周端面形成有既定之間隙。可經由該間隙使供給至基板W之上表面之水經由基板W之周端面流回至基板W之下表面之周緣區域。藉此,可將附著於基板W之周端面或基板W之下表面之周緣區域之FOM沖走。 On the other hand, in a state where the movable pin 110 is in the open position, as shown in FIG. 20B, a predetermined gap is formed with the peripheral end surface of the substrate W. The water supplied to the upper surface of the substrate W can flow back to the peripheral region of the lower surface of the substrate W through the peripheral end surface of the substrate W through the gap. Thereby, the FOM attached to the peripheral end surface of the substrate W or the peripheral area of the lower surface of the substrate W can be washed away.

於淋洗步驟(S7)中之上述說明中,對每隔1次進行僅利用第1可動銷群111之基板W之支撐與僅利用第2可動銷群112之基板W之支撐的情形進行了說明,但亦可於淋洗步驟(S7)中複數 次進行利用該等可動銷群111、112之一者之支撐。 In the above description in the rinsing step (S7), the support using only the substrate W of the first movable pin group 111 and the support using only the substrate W of the second movable pin group 112 were performed every other time. Instructions, but can also be plural in the elution step (S7) This time, the support of one of the movable pin groups 111 and 112 is used.

若自水之吐出開始起經過既定之期間,則控制裝置3控制臂驅動單元48,而如圖19F所示,執行利用清洗刷10之基板W之背面Wb之擦洗清洗(S8:刷清洗步驟,處理液供給步驟)。藉此,對基板W之背面Wb一面供給水一面利用清洗刷10進行擦洗清洗。具體而言,控制裝置3控制臂驅動單元48,使擺動臂47繞擺動軸線A2擺動,而使清洗刷10自起始位置配置至基板W之上方,並且使清洗刷10下降,並將清洗刷10之清洗面10a壓抵於基板W之背面Wb。繼而,控制裝置3如圖19I所示,控制臂驅動單元48,使清洗刷10之壓抵位置於基板W之中央部與基板W之周緣部之間移動(掃描)。藉此,清洗刷10之壓抵位置掃描基板W之背面Wb之整個區域,而藉由清洗刷10擦洗基板W之背面Wb之整個區域。於刷清洗步驟(S8)中,FOM供給步驟(S6)中剝離之異物藉由利用清洗刷10之擦洗而被刮取。而且,由清洗刷10刮取之異物被水沖走。藉此,可將經剝離之異物自基板W之背面Wb去除。 If a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the discharge of water, the control device 3 controls the arm driving unit 48, and as shown in FIG. 19F, performs scrubbing cleaning using the back surface Wb of the substrate W of the cleaning brush 10 (S8: brush cleaning step, Process liquid supply step). Thereby, the back surface Wb of the substrate W is scrubbed and cleaned by the cleaning brush 10 while supplying water. Specifically, the control device 3 controls the arm driving unit 48 to swing the swing arm 47 about the swing axis A2, so that the cleaning brush 10 is arranged above the substrate W from the starting position, and the cleaning brush 10 is lowered, and the cleaning brush is lowered. The cleaning surface 10a of 10 is pressed against the back surface Wb of the substrate W. Next, as shown in FIG. 19I, the control device 3 controls the arm driving unit 48 to move (scan) the pressing position of the cleaning brush 10 between the central portion of the substrate W and the peripheral portion of the substrate W. Thereby, the entire area of the back surface Wb of the substrate W is scanned by the pressing position of the cleaning brush 10, and the entire area of the back surface Wb of the substrate W is scrubbed by the cleaning brush 10. In the brush cleaning step (S8), the foreign matter peeled off in the FOM supplying step (S6) is scraped off by scrubbing with the cleaning brush 10. Moreover, the foreign matter scraped off by the cleaning brush 10 is washed away by water. Thereby, the peeled foreign matter can be removed from the back surface Wb of the substrate W.

清洗刷10之去向移動進行預先規定之次數(例如4次)之後,控制裝置3控制臂驅動單元48,使清洗刷10自旋轉夾頭5之上方返回至起始位置。藉此,刷清洗步驟(S8)結束。又,控制裝置3將水閥43維持為打開狀態。藉此,將作為淋洗液之水供給至基板W之背面Wb,而將由清洗刷10刮取之異物排出至基板W外(參照圖19I,S9:最終淋洗步驟,處理液供給步驟)。 After the cleaning brush 10 has been moved for a predetermined number of times (for example, 4 times), the control device 3 controls the arm driving unit 48 to return the cleaning brush 10 from above the rotating chuck 5 to the starting position. Thereby, the brush cleaning step (S8) ends. The control device 3 maintains the water valve 43 in an open state. Thereby, water as an eluent is supplied to the back surface Wb of the substrate W, and foreign matter scraped off by the cleaning brush 10 is discharged out of the substrate W (see FIG. 19I, S9: final eluent step, processing liquid supply step).

又,對每隔1次進行淋洗步驟(S7)中所說明之僅利用第1可動銷群111之基板W之支撐、及僅利用第2可動銷群112之基板W之支撐的情形進行了說明,但此種支撐於淋洗步驟(S7)、 刷清洗步驟(S8)及最終淋洗步驟(S9)之至少一步驟中進行即可。當然,亦可於3個即所有步驟中進行,亦可於該等步驟中之2個步驟中進行。 Further, the case where the support using only the substrate W of the first movable pin group 111 and the support using only the substrate W of the second movable pin group 112 described in the leaching step (S7) was performed every other time. Explanation, but this kind of support is in the leaching step (S7), The brush cleaning step (S8) and the final rinse step (S9) may be performed in at least one of the steps. Of course, it can also be performed in 3 steps, that is, all steps, and also in 2 of these steps.

若自水之供給開始起經過既定之期間,則控制裝置3將水閥43關閉,而停止自水噴嘴41吐出水。又,控制裝置3將惰性氣體閥173關閉,而停止自惰性氣體供給管170吐出惰性氣體。又,控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而使第1開放永久磁鐵125下降至下位置。自此之後,基板W由6根可動銷110夾持,藉此,牢固地保持基板W。 When a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the water supply, the control device 3 closes the water valve 43 and stops the water from being discharged from the water nozzle 41. In addition, the control device 3 closes the inert gas valve 173 and stops discharging the inert gas from the inert gas supply pipe 170. The control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126 to lower the first open permanent magnet 125 to a lower position. After that, the substrate W is held by the six movable pins 110, whereby the substrate W is firmly held.

繼而,進行使基板W乾燥之旋轉乾燥步驟(步驟S10)。具體而言,控制裝置3控制旋轉驅動單元17,藉此,如圖19J所示,使基板W加速至較自FOM供給步驟(S6)至最終淋洗步驟(S9)之旋轉速度大之乾燥旋轉速度(例如數千rpm),使基板W以乾燥旋轉速度旋轉。藉此,對基板W上之液體施加較大之離心力,而將附著於基板W之液體甩至基板W之周圍。以此方式,自基板W去除液體,而使基板W乾燥。此時,基板W由6根可動銷110固持,因此,可一面牢固地保持基板W一面使基板W高速旋轉。 Then, a spin-drying step of drying the substrate W is performed (step S10). Specifically, the control device 3 controls the rotation driving unit 17, thereby, as shown in FIG. 19J, the substrate W is accelerated to a dry rotation speed higher than the rotation speed from the FOM supply step (S6) to the final rinse step (S9). At a speed (for example, several thousand rpm), the substrate W is rotated at a dry rotation speed. Thereby, a large centrifugal force is applied to the liquid on the substrate W, and the liquid adhered to the substrate W is thrown around the substrate W. In this manner, the liquid is removed from the substrate W, and the substrate W is dried. At this time, the substrate W is held by the six movable pins 110. Therefore, the substrate W can be rotated at a high speed while the substrate W is firmly held.

繼而,若基板W之高速旋轉開始之後經過既定之期間,則控制裝置3控制旋轉驅動單元17,藉此,使利用旋轉夾頭5之基板W之旋轉停止(步驟S11)。 Then, when a predetermined period has elapsed after the high-speed rotation of the substrate W is started, the control device 3 controls the rotation drive unit 17 to stop the rotation of the substrate W using the rotation chuck 5 (step S11).

其後,控制裝置3控制第3升降單元130,藉此,使第2上浮用磁鐵129朝下方位置下降(步驟S12)。藉此,第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之距離擴大,而其等之間之磁斥力逐漸減少。伴隨於此,保護盤115朝向旋轉台107之上表面 下降。藉此,於保護盤115之上表面與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之間確保僅能夠使中心機械手CR之手部H2進入之空間。 After that, the control device 3 controls the third lifting unit 130 to lower the second floating magnet 129 to a lower position (step S12). Thereby, the distance between the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet 160 is increased, and the magnetic repulsive force between them is gradually reduced. Along with this, the protection plate 115 faces the upper surface of the turntable 107 decline. Thereby, a space is secured between the upper surface of the protection disc 115 and the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W so that only the hand H2 of the center robot CR can enter.

又,控制裝置3控制第1及第2升降單元126、128,使第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127分別朝上位置上升,並保持於上位置。藉此,6根可動銷110全部配置於開放位置,藉此,將基板W之握持解除。 In addition, the control device 3 controls the first and second elevating units 126 and 128 to raise the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 to an upward position, respectively, and maintain them in the upper position. Thereby, all the six movable pins 110 are arranged in the open position, thereby releasing the holding of the substrate W.

繼而,將基板W自處理腔室4內搬出(步驟S13)。具體而言,控制裝置3係於所有噴嘴等自旋轉夾頭5之上方退避之狀態下,控制中心機械手CR,而如圖19K所示,使手部H2進入至保護盤115與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之間所確保之空間。繼而,手部H2抄取由可動銷110保持之基板W,其後,朝旋轉夾頭5之側方退避。藉此,將清洗處理過之基板W自處理腔室4搬出。 Then, the substrate W is carried out from the processing chamber 4 (step S13). Specifically, the control device 3 controls the center robot CR in a state where all the nozzles and the like retreat from above the rotary chuck 5, and as shown in FIG. 19K, the hand H2 enters the protection disk 115 and the substrate W. The space secured between the surfaces Wa (lower surface). Then, the hand H2 picks up the substrate W held by the movable pin 110 and then retreats to the side of the rotary chuck 5. Thereby, the cleaning-processed substrate W is carried out from the processing chamber 4.

控制裝置3藉由中心機械手CR之手部H2將清洗處理過之基板W搬送至翻轉單元TU。繼而,控制裝置3藉由翻轉單元TU使搬送來之基板W翻轉(步驟S14)。藉此,基板W之表面Wa朝上。其後,控制裝置3藉由分度機械手IR之手部H1自翻轉單元TU取出基板W,並將清洗處理過之基板W以其表面Wa朝上之狀態收容至載體C。收容有清洗處理過之基板W之載體C係自基板處理裝置1朝向曝光裝置等後處理裝置搬送。 The control device 3 transfers the cleaned and processed substrate W to the turning unit TU through the hand H2 of the center robot CR. Then, the control device 3 reverses the substrate W transferred by the reversing unit TU (step S14). Thereby, the surface Wa of the substrate W faces upward. After that, the control device 3 takes out the substrate W from the reversing unit TU by the hand H1 of the indexing robot IR, and stores the cleaned and processed substrate W to the carrier C with its surface Wa facing upward. The carrier C containing the cleaned and processed substrate W is transferred from the substrate processing apparatus 1 to a post-processing apparatus such as an exposure apparatus.

根據以上情況,根據本實施形態,與旋轉台107之旋轉及處理液之供給(圖11之S6~S9)並行地,利用3根可動銷110支撐基板W,進而,對由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態與由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換。可藉由2個可動銷群111、 112交換保持基板W,藉此,可使基板W上之可動銷110之接觸支撐位置變化。因此,可向基板W之周緣部之整個區域供給處理液(FOM、水),藉此,可使用處理液不產生處理殘留物地良好地對基板W之周緣部進行處理。 Based on the above, according to this embodiment, the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 in parallel with the rotation of the rotary table 107 and the supply of the processing liquid (S6 to S9 in FIG. 11), and further, the first movable pin group The state where the three movable pins 110 included in 111 are in contact with the support substrate W and the state where the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W are switched. With two movable pin groups 111, 112 changes and holds the substrate W, whereby the contact support position of the movable pin 110 on the substrate W can be changed. Therefore, the processing liquid (FOM, water) can be supplied to the entire area of the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W, whereby the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W can be favorably processed without using the processing liquid to generate processing residues.

又,本發明之第1實施形態之基板處理裝置1係於以下敍述之2個方面與US2008/0127888 A1中揭示之基板處理裝置不同。 The substrate processing apparatus 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is different from the substrate processing apparatus disclosed in US2008 / 0127888 A1 in two aspects described below.

對第1個方面進行說明。於US2008/0127888 A1中,磁鐵具有沿著上下方向之磁極方向。又,磁鐵與第1銷及第2銷經由凸輪機構而連結。即,用以使第1銷及第2銷開關驅動之構成非常複雜。 The first aspect will be described. In US2008 / 0127888 A1, the magnet has a magnetic pole direction along the up-down direction. The magnet and the first and second pins are connected via a cam mechanism. That is, the configuration for driving the first pin and the second pin switch is very complicated.

與此相對,於第1實施形態中,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A及第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B於與沿著旋轉軸線A1之軸線正交之方向上具有磁極方向。又,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A及第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B固定於可動銷110之支撐軸155。因此,能以簡單之構成實現用以使可動銷110開關驅動之構成。 On the other hand, in the first embodiment, the first driving permanent magnet 156A and the second driving permanent magnet 156B have a magnetic pole direction in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis A1. The first driving permanent magnet 156A and the second driving permanent magnet 156B are fixed to the support shaft 155 of the movable pin 110. Therefore, a structure for driving the movable pin 110 to switch can be realized with a simple structure.

對第2個方面進行說明。於US2008/0127888 A1中,磁鐵分別呈環狀。因此,必須將磁鐵設置成雙重環狀,因此,有基板處理裝置1於徑向上大型化之虞。與此相對,於第1實施形態中,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A及第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B於圓周方向上交替地配置。因此,可使基板處理裝置1於徑向上小型化。 The second aspect will be described. In US2008 / 0127888 A1, the magnets are respectively ring-shaped. Therefore, it is necessary to provide the magnet in a double ring shape, and therefore the substrate processing apparatus 1 may be enlarged in the radial direction. In contrast, in the first embodiment, the first driving permanent magnets 156A and the second driving permanent magnets 156B are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction. Therefore, the substrate processing apparatus 1 can be miniaturized in the radial direction.

圖21係用於說明本發明之第2實施形態之處理單元202之構成例的圖解剖面圖。圖22係用於說明設於處理單元202之旋轉夾頭205之圓環罩291之構成例的剖面圖。圖23係用於說 明旋轉夾頭205之更具體之構成的俯視圖。圖21係自圖23之切斷面線XXI-XXI觀察所得之圖。 FIG. 21 is a schematic sectional view for explaining a configuration example of the processing unit 202 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 22 is a cross-sectional view for explaining a configuration example of a ring cover 291 of a rotary chuck 205 provided in the processing unit 202. Figure 23 is used to say A plan view of a more specific structure of the rotary chuck 205 is shown. FIG. 21 is a diagram obtained by observing the cutting plane line XXI-XXI in FIG. 23.

於第2實施形態中,對與第1實施形態所示之各部對應之部分標註與圖1~圖20C之情形相同之參照符號而表示,並省略說明。 In the second embodiment, parts corresponding to the respective parts shown in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as in the case of FIGS. 1 to 20C, and descriptions thereof are omitted.

第2實施形態之處理單元202具備旋轉夾頭205作為基板保持旋轉裝置。第2實施形態之旋轉夾頭205與第1實施形態之旋轉夾頭5不同之方面為,以可與保護盤115一同升降之方式設置有作為施壓用磁鐵(第1及第2施壓用磁鐵)之開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B。又,伴隨利用第3升降單元130之保護盤115之升降動作,藉此,使開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B升降。進而,開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B並非將可動銷110施壓至保持位置及開放位置中之一者或另一者之構成,而係用以對朝保持位置施壓之狀態與朝開放位置施壓之狀態進行切換之磁鐵。即,採用藉由利用第3升降單元130使保護盤115升降而可切換可動銷110之開關的構成。 The processing unit 202 of the second embodiment includes a rotation chuck 205 as a substrate holding rotation device. The rotary chuck 205 of the second embodiment is different from the rotary chuck 5 of the first embodiment in that it is provided as a pressure magnet (the first and second pressure The magnet) switches the permanent magnets 210A and 210B. In addition, the switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B are raised and lowered in accordance with the raising and lowering operation of the protection plate 115 using the third raising and lowering unit 130. Further, the switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B are not configured to press the movable pin 110 to one or the other of the holding position and the open position, but are used to press the state toward the holding position and toward the open position. Magnet for switching the state of pressure. That is, a configuration is adopted in which the switch of the movable pin 110 can be switched by raising and lowering the protection plate 115 by the third lifting unit 130.

更具體而言,圓環罩291固定於保護盤115,開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B埋設於圓環罩291之內部。 More specifically, the ring cover 291 is fixed to the protection plate 115, and the switch-switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B are buried inside the ring cover 291.

圓環狀之圓環罩291對保護盤115之上表面之周緣部及保護盤115之周端進行保護。圓環狀之圓環罩291係經由包含螺栓等緊固構件之固定單元203而安裝於保護盤115之外周部。圓環罩291包含:圓環板部292,其自上表面之周緣部朝向徑向外側沿水平方向伸出;及圓筒部293,其自圓環板部292之周端垂下。圓環板部292之外周位於相較旋轉台107之周端更靠外側。圓環板部 292及圓筒部293例如使用具有抗藥性之樹脂材料一體地形成。於圓環板部292之內周之與可動銷110對應之位置,形成有用以回避該可動銷110之切口294(參照圖23)。切口294係以自可動銷110之外周面確保固定之間隔對該可動銷110鑲邊之方式形成。圓環板部292及圓筒部293例如使用具有抗藥性之樹脂材料一體地形成。 The ring-shaped ring cover 291 protects the peripheral edge portion of the upper surface of the protective plate 115 and the peripheral end of the protective plate 115. The ring-shaped ring cover 291 is attached to the outer periphery of the protection plate 115 via a fixing unit 203 including a fastening member such as a bolt. The ring cover 291 includes a ring plate portion 292 that projects horizontally from a peripheral edge portion of the upper surface toward a radially outer side, and a cylindrical portion 293 that hangs from a peripheral end of the ring plate portion 292. The outer periphery of the annular plate portion 292 is located further outside than the peripheral end of the turntable 107. Ring plate 292 and the cylindrical portion 293 are integrally formed using, for example, a resin material having drug resistance. A cutout 294 (see FIG. 23) is formed at a position corresponding to the movable pin 110 on the inner periphery of the annular plate portion 292 to avoid the movable pin 110. The cutouts 294 are formed so as to border the movable pin 110 at a fixed interval from the outer peripheral surface of the movable pin 110. The annular plate portion 292 and the cylindrical portion 293 are integrally formed using, for example, a resin material having chemical resistance.

圓環罩291之圓環板部292係於上表面具有於由可動銷110保持之基板W之周緣部將惰性氣體之流路節流之節流部290(與圖20C之節流部190相同)。藉由該節流部290,而自圓環罩291與基板W之下表面之間之空間朝外側吹出之惰性氣體流之流速成為高速,因此,可確實地避免或抑制基板W之上表面之處理液(藥液或淋洗液)進入至相較基板W之下表面之周緣部更靠內側。 The ring plate portion 292 of the ring cover 291 is a throttle portion 290 (the same as the throttle portion 190 in FIG. 20C) having an upper surface that throttles the flow path of the inert gas at the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W held by the movable pin 110. ). With this throttle portion 290, the flow velocity of the inert gas flow blown outward from the space between the ring cover 291 and the lower surface of the substrate W becomes high speed. Therefore, the upper surface of the substrate W can be reliably avoided or suppressed. The treatment liquid (medicine solution or eluent) enters more inward than the peripheral edge portion of the lower surface of the substrate W.

於圓筒部293埋設有與可動銷110之個數為相同數量(本實施形態中為6個)之開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B。複數個開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B係於圓周方向隔以間隔而配置。各開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B形成為棒狀,且以沿上下方向延伸之狀態埋設於圓筒部293。開關切換永久磁鐵包含第1開關切換永久磁鐵(第1施壓用磁鐵)210A、及極性與第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A於上下方向上相反之第2開關切換永久磁鐵(第2施壓用磁鐵)210B。第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A係用以驅動第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之永久磁鐵,第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B係用以驅動第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之永久磁鐵。即,複數個開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B係等間隔地配置。又,第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A與第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B係於圓周方向上交替地配置。於本實施形態中,第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A 中表現N極性之N極部211形成於上端側,表現S極性之S極部212形成於下端側。 Buried in the cylindrical portion 293 are the same number of switchable permanent magnets 210A and 210B as the number of the movable pins 110 (six in this embodiment). The plurality of switchable permanent magnets 210A and 210B are arranged at intervals in the circumferential direction. Each of the switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B is formed in a rod shape, and is buried in the cylindrical portion 293 in a state of extending in the vertical direction. The switch-switching permanent magnet includes a first switch-switching permanent magnet (first pressure-applying magnet) 210A, and a second switch-switching permanent magnet having a polarity opposite to that of the first switch-switching permanent-magnet 210A in the vertical direction (second pressure-applying magnet). 210B. The first switch-switching permanent magnet 210A is a permanent magnet used to drive the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111, and the second switch-switching permanent magnet 210B is used to drive the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112. Permanent magnet. That is, the plurality of switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B are arranged at regular intervals. The first switch-switching permanent magnets 210A and the second switch-switching permanent magnets 210B are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction. In this embodiment, the first switch switches the permanent magnet 210A. The N-pole portion 211 showing the N polarity is formed on the upper end side, and the S-pole portion 212 showing the S polarity is formed on the lower end side.

圖24A、24B係表示伴隨保護盤115之升降動作之第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之狀態的示意圖。圖25A、25B係表示伴隨保護盤115之升降動作之第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之狀態的示意圖。於圖24A、25A中,表示保護盤115位於接近位置(即上位置)之狀態,於圖24B、25B中,表示保護盤115位於下位置之狀態。 24A and 24B are schematic diagrams showing a state of the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 accompanying the ascending and descending operation of the protective plate 115. 25A and 25B are schematic diagrams showing a state of the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 accompanying the ascending and descending operation of the protective plate 115. In Figs. 24A and 25A, the state where the protection disc 115 is located at the close position (that is, the upper position) is shown, and in Figs. 24B and 25B, the state where the protection disc 115 is located at the lower position.

第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A如圖24A、24B所示以如下方式配置,即,於保護盤115位於接近位置之狀態下上端側之N極部211接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,於保護盤115位於下位置之狀態下下端側之S極部212接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。 As shown in FIGS. 24A and 24B, the first switch-switching permanent magnet 210A is arranged in such a manner that the N-pole portion 211 on the upper end side approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A when the protection disc 115 is in the close position, and the protection disc is placed on the protection disc. The S pole portion 212 on the lower end side in a state where 115 is in the lower position approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A.

第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B如圖25A、25B所示以如下方式配置,即,於保護盤115位於接近位置之狀態下上端側之S極部212接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B,於保護盤115位於下位置之狀態下下端側之N極部211接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。 As shown in FIGS. 25A and 25B, the second switch-switching permanent magnet 210B is arranged such that the S-pole portion 212 on the upper end side approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B when the protection disc 115 is positioned close to the protection disc. The N-pole portion 211 on the lower end side in a state where 115 is located in the lower position approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B.

如上文於第1實施形態中敍述般,於第2上浮用磁鐵129位於上位置(參照圖19B、圖24B及圖25B)時,藉由產生於第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之排斥磁力之作用,而使保護盤115保持於接近基板W之下表面之接近位置。與此相對,於第2上浮用磁鐵129位於自上位置朝下方相隔之下位置(參照圖19A、圖24A及圖25A)時,第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之排斥磁力較小,因此,保護盤115藉由自身重量而保持於靠近旋轉台107之上表面之下位置。 As described above in the first embodiment, when the second floating magnet 129 is in the upper position (see FIGS. 19B, 24B, and 25B), the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet are generated. The repulsive magnetic force between 160 keeps the protection disc 115 at a close position close to the lower surface of the substrate W. In contrast, when the second floating magnet 129 is located at a lower position from the upper position (see FIGS. 19A, 24A, and 25A), the distance between the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet 160 The repulsive magnetic force is small, and therefore, the protection disc 115 is held near the upper surface of the turntable 107 by its own weight.

於保護盤115位於下位置之狀態下,如圖24A所示,第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之上端側之N極部211接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。於該狀態下,第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A中,僅來自N極部211之磁力作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,而使來自S極部212之磁力不作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。因此,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A受到來自第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之磁力而如圖24A所示配置成N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的姿勢。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152位於遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖21)之較遠之開放位置。 In a state where the protection disc 115 is in the lower position, as shown in FIG. 24A, the N-pole portion 211 on the upper end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A. In this state, in the first switching permanent magnet 210A, only the magnetic force from the N pole portion 211 acts on the first driving permanent magnet 156A, and the magnetic force from the S pole portion 212 does not act on the first driving permanent magnet. 156A. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 24A, the first driving permanent magnet 156A receives the magnetic force from the first switch-switching permanent magnet 210A and is arranged such that the N pole faces the inside of the radial direction of the rotary table 107 and the S pole faces the radial direction of the rotary table 107. Outside pose. In this state, the shaft portion 152 above the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 is located at a relatively open position far from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 21).

又,於該狀態(保護盤115位於下位置之狀態)下,如圖25A所示,第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之上端側之S極部212接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。於該狀態下,第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B中,僅來自S極部212之磁力作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B,而使來自N極部211之磁力不作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。因此,第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B受到來自第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之磁力而如圖25A所示配置成S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的姿勢。於該狀態下,第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152位於遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖21)之較遠之開放位置。 In this state (a state where the protective disk 115 is in the lower position), as shown in FIG. 25A, the S pole portion 212 on the upper end side of the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B. In this state, in the second switching permanent magnet 210B, only the magnetic force from the S pole portion 212 acts on the second driving permanent magnet 156B, and the magnetic force from the N pole portion 211 does not act on the second driving permanent magnet. 156B. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 25A, the second driving permanent magnet 156B receives the magnetic force from the second switch-switching permanent magnet 210B, and the S pole is disposed toward the inner side in the radial direction of the rotary table 107 and the N pole is directed toward the radial direction in the rotary table 107 Outside pose. In this state, the upper shaft portion 152 of the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 is located at a relatively open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 21).

自圖24A及圖25A所示之狀態使第2上浮用磁鐵129(參照圖21)上升,而使保護盤115上浮。伴隨保護盤115之上浮,第1及第2開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B亦上升。 From the state shown in FIGS. 24A and 25A, the second floating magnet 129 (see FIG. 21) is raised, and the protection disc 115 is floated. As the protection disc 115 floats up, the first and second switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B also rise.

而且,於保護盤115配置於接近位置之狀態下,如圖 24B所示,第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之下端側之S極部212接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。於該狀態下,第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A中,僅來自S極部212之磁力作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,而使來自N極部211之磁力不作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。因此,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A受到來自第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之磁力而如圖24B所示成為S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的姿勢。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152朝相較開放位置距離旋轉軸線A1更近之保持位置移動。其結果,第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110朝著保持位置被施壓。 Moreover, in a state where the protection disk 115 is arranged at the close position, as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 24B, the S pole portion 212 on the lower end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A. In this state, in the first switching permanent magnet 210A, only the magnetic force from the S pole portion 212 acts on the first driving permanent magnet 156A, and the magnetic force from the N pole portion 211 does not act on the first driving permanent magnet. 156A. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 24B, the first driving permanent magnet 156A receives the magnetic force from the first switch-switching permanent magnet 210A, and the S pole faces the radially inner side of the turntable 107 and the N pole faces the radially outer side of the turntable 107 as shown in FIG. 24B. Posture. In this state, the shaft portion 152 above the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 moves to a holding position closer to the rotation axis A1 than the open position. As a result, the movable pin 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 is pressed toward the holding position.

又,於該狀態(保護盤115配置於接近位置之狀態)下,如圖25B所示,第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之下端側之N極部211接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。於該狀態下,第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B中,僅來自N極部211之磁力作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B,而使來自S極部212之磁力不作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。因此,第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B受到來自第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之磁力而如圖25B所示成為N極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之內側且S極朝向旋轉台107之徑向之外側的姿勢。於該狀態下,第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之上軸部152朝相較開放位置距離旋轉軸線A1更近之保持位置移動。其結果,第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110朝著保持位置被施壓。 In this state (a state where the protective disk 115 is disposed at the close position), as shown in FIG. 25B, the N-pole portion 211 on the lower end side of the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B. In this state, in the second switching permanent magnet 210B, only the magnetic force from the N pole portion 211 acts on the second driving permanent magnet 156B, and the magnetic force from the S pole portion 212 does not act on the second driving permanent magnet. 156B. Therefore, the second driving permanent magnet 156B receives the magnetic force from the second switch-switching permanent magnet 210B, and as shown in FIG. 25B, the N pole faces the radially inner side of the rotary table 107 and the S pole faces the radially outer side of the rotary table 107. Posture. In this state, the shaft portion 152 above the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 moves to a holding position closer to the rotation axis A1 than the open position. As a result, the movable pin 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 is pressed toward the holding position.

於第2實施形態之處理單元202中,亦執行與圖17及圖18所示之處理液處理(例如清洗處理)同等之處理。圖26係用於說明作為藉由處理單元202執行之處理液處理之清洗處理之一例 的流程圖。 The processing unit 202 of the second embodiment also performs processing equivalent to the processing liquid processing (for example, washing processing) shown in FIG. 17 and FIG. 18. FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining an example of a cleaning process as a processing liquid process performed by the processing unit 202 Flowchart.

一面參照圖21、圖23、圖24A、24B、圖25A、25B及圖26,一面對該處理液處理進行說明。又,適當參照圖27A~27K。 21, 23, 24A, 24B, 25A, 25B, and 26, the processing liquid process will be described. 27A to 27K are appropriately referred to.

處理單元202係對矽基板等圓形之未清洗基板清洗與表面Wa(另一主面,器件形成面)為相反側之背面Wb(一主面,器件非形成面)。 The processing unit 202 cleans a circular uncleaned substrate such as a silicon substrate, and the back surface Wb (the other main surface, the device formation surface) is the back surface Wb (the main surface, the device non-formation surface) on the opposite side.

基板W係藉由翻轉單元TU翻轉之後(T1:基板翻轉),由中心機械手CR之手部H2以背面Wb朝向上方之狀態搬入至處理單元202內(步驟T2)。步驟T1、T2之步驟分別為與圖17所示之步驟S1、S2同等之步驟,因此,省略說明。 After the substrate W is inverted by the inversion unit TU (T1: substrate inversion), the hand H2 of the center robot CR is carried into the processing unit 202 with the back surface Wb facing upward (step T2). Steps T1 and T2 are respectively equivalent to steps S1 and S2 shown in FIG. 17, and therefore descriptions thereof are omitted.

於搬入基板W之前之狀態下,第2上浮用磁鐵129配置於下位置,因此,第2上浮用磁鐵129較大程度地朝下方遠離旋轉台107,因此,作用於第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之排斥磁力較小。因此,保護盤115位於接近旋轉台107之上表面之下位置。由此,於基於可動銷110之基板保持高度與保護盤115之上表面之間確保中心機械手CR之手部H2能夠進入之充分之空間。 Before the substrate W is carried in, the second floating magnet 129 is disposed at a lower position. Therefore, the second floating magnet 129 is far away from the rotary table 107 to a large extent, and therefore acts on the second floating magnet 129 and The repulsive magnetic force between the first floating magnets 160 is small. Therefore, the protection plate 115 is located close to the lower surface of the upper surface of the turntable 107. This ensures a sufficient space for the hand H2 of the center robot CR to enter between the substrate holding height by the movable pin 110 and the upper surface of the protection plate 115.

又,由於保護盤115位於下位置,故而第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之上端側之N極部211接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,且第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之上端側之S極部212接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。於該狀態下,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110、及第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110之任一者、即6根可動銷110全部配置於開放位置。 Since the protection plate 115 is located at the lower position, the N pole portion 211 on the upper end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A is close to the first drive permanent magnet 156A, and the S pole portion on the upper end side of the second switching switching permanent magnet 210B. 212 is close to the second driving permanent magnet 156B. In this state, all of the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112, that is, the six movable pins 110 are all disposed in the open state. position.

中心機械手CR之手部H2係以於高於可動銷110之 上端之位置保持有基板W之狀態將該基板W搬送至旋轉夾頭5之上方。其後,中心機械手CR之手部H2如圖27A所示,朝向旋轉台107之上表面下降。藉此,將基板W交付給位於開放位置之6根可動銷110。其後,中心機械手CR之手部H2經過可動銷110之間朝旋轉夾頭5之側方退避。 The hand H2 of the center robot CR is higher than that of the movable pin 110. The substrate W is held above the rotary chuck 5 while the substrate W is held at the upper end. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 27A, the hand H2 of the center robot CR descends toward the upper surface of the turntable 107. Thereby, the substrate W is delivered to the six movable pins 110 located in the open position. After that, the hand H2 of the center robot CR retreats to the side of the rotary chuck 5 through the movable pin 110.

控制裝置3控制第3升降單元130,而如圖27B所示,使第2上浮用磁鐵129朝向上位置上升。其等上浮用磁鐵129、160之間之距離縮小,相應於此,作用於其等之間之排斥磁力變大。藉由該排斥磁力,而使保護盤115自旋轉台107之上表面朝向基板W上浮。然後,若第1開放永久磁鐵125到達至上位置,則保護盤115到達至與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)隔以微小間隔而接近之接近位置,且形成於導軸117之下端之凸緣120抵接於線性軸承118。藉此,保護盤115保持於上述接近位置。 The control device 3 controls the third lifting unit 130 to raise the second floating magnet 129 toward the upper position as shown in FIG. 27B. The distance between the floating magnets 129 and 160 is reduced, and accordingly, the repulsive magnetic force acting between them increases. By the repulsive magnetic force, the protection disk 115 is caused to float from the upper surface of the turntable 107 toward the substrate W. Then, when the first open permanent magnet 125 reaches the upper position, the protection disc 115 reaches the approach position which is close to the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W at a slight interval, and is formed on the flange at the lower end of the guide shaft 117 120 is in abutment with the linear bearing 118. Thereby, the protection plate 115 is maintained at the above-mentioned close position.

隨著保護盤115自下位置向接近位置上升,而第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之上端側之N極部211遠離第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,代替此而使第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之下端側之S極部212接近第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A。又,隨著保護盤115自下位置向接近位置上升,而第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之上端側之S極部212遠離第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B,代替此而使第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之下端側之N極部211接近第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B。藉此,所有可動銷110自開放位置朝保持位置被驅動,並保持於其保持位置。藉此,由6根可動銷110握持基板W,基板W係以其表面Wa朝向下方且其背面Wb朝向上方之狀態保持於旋轉夾頭5。 As the protection plate 115 rises from the lower position to the close position, the N-pole portion 211 on the upper end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A moves away from the first driving permanent magnet 156A. Instead, the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A The S pole portion 212 on the lower end side approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A. As the protection plate 115 rises from the lower position to the near position, the S pole portion 212 on the upper end side of the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B is away from the second driving permanent magnet 156B, instead, the second switch switching permanent magnet is replaced. The N-pole portion 211 on the lower end side of 210B approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B. Thereby, all the movable pins 110 are driven from the open position toward the holding position, and are held in the holding position. Thereby, the substrate W is held by the six movable pins 110, and the substrate W is held on the rotary chuck 5 with its surface Wa facing downward and its back surface Wb facing upward.

繼而,控制裝置3將惰性氣體閥173打開,而如圖27B所示,使惰性氣體之供給開始(T4:惰性氣體供給開始)。其後,控制裝置3控制旋轉驅動單元103,使旋轉台107之旋轉開始(旋轉台旋轉步驟),藉此,如圖27C所示,使基板W繞旋轉軸線A1旋轉(步驟T5)。步驟T4、T5之步驟分別為與圖17所示之步驟S4、S5同等之步驟,因此,省略說明。 Then, the control device 3 opens the inert gas valve 173 and starts the supply of the inert gas as shown in FIG. 27B (T4: start of the inert gas supply). Thereafter, the control device 3 controls the rotation driving unit 103 to start the rotation of the rotary table 107 (the rotary table rotation step), thereby rotating the substrate W about the rotation axis A1 as shown in FIG. 27C (step T5). Steps T4 and T5 are respectively equivalent to steps S4 and S5 shown in FIG. 17, and therefore descriptions thereof are omitted.

基板W之旋轉速度達到液體處理速度之後,控制裝置3進行向基板W之背面Wb供給FOM之FOM供給步驟(處理液供給步驟,步驟T6)。步驟T6於如下方面與圖17所示之步驟S6共通,即,一面向基板W之背面Wb供給FOM,一面每隔1次或複數次進行僅利用第1可動銷群111之基板W之支撐與僅利用第2可動銷群112之基板W之支撐。 After the rotation speed of the substrate W reaches the liquid processing speed, the control device 3 performs a FOM supply step (processing liquid supply step, step T6) of supplying the FOM to the back surface Wb of the substrate W. Step T6 is the same as step S6 shown in FIG. 17 in that, while the FOM is supplied to the back surface Wb of the substrate W, it is performed every one or more times using only the support and movement of the substrate W of the first movable pin group 111. Only the support of the substrate W of the second movable pin group 112 is used.

FOM供給步驟(T6)如圖27C~27E所示為與第1實施形態之FOM供給步驟(S6)同等之步驟。於FOM供給步驟(T6)中,於其中之一部分期間,並非利用6根可動銷110而利用3根可動銷110支撐基板W。進而,對由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態與由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換。 The FOM supply step (T6) is the same step as the FOM supply step (S6) of the first embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 27C to 27E. In the FOM supply step (T6), the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 instead of the six movable pins 110 during one of them. Further, a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are in contact with the support substrate W and a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W are switched.

具體而言,於藉由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W時,控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而如圖27D所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第1開放永久磁鐵125朝向上位置上升,並配置於該上位置。隨著第1開放永久磁鐵125上升,而第1開放永久磁鐵125之上表面向第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A接近。藉此,對第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A產生吸引磁力, 而於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A與第1開放永久磁鐵125之間產生吸引力。於第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於上位置之狀態下,作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之吸引磁力之大小遠超過來自第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之下端側之S極部212之吸引力,藉此,上軸部152自靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置朝遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖2)之開放位置移動。藉此,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110自截至當時為止之保持位置配置至開放位置。其結果,成為由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第1磁鐵配置步驟)。 Specifically, when the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W, the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126, and as shown in FIG. The first open permanent magnet 125 at the position rises toward the upper position and is arranged at the upper position. As the first open permanent magnet 125 rises, the upper surface of the first open permanent magnet 125 approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A. Thereby, an attractive magnetic force is generated to the first driving permanent magnet 156A, An attractive force is generated between the first driving permanent magnet 156A and the first open permanent magnet 125. In a state where the first open permanent magnet 125 is arranged in the upper position, the magnitude of the attractive magnetic force acting on the first driving permanent magnet 156A is far larger than the attractive force from the S pole portion 212 on the lower end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A. As a result, the upper shaft portion 152 moves from a holding position close to the rotation axis A1 to an open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 2). Accordingly, the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are arranged from the holding position to the opening position until then. As a result, the support substrate W is brought into contact with the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 (first magnet arrangement step).

又,於藉由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W時,控制裝置3控制第2升降單元128,而如圖27E所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向上位置上升,並配置於該上位置。隨著第2開放永久磁鐵127上升,而第2開放永久磁鐵127之上表面向第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B接近。藉此,對第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B產生吸引磁力,而於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B與第2開放永久磁鐵127之間產生吸引力。於第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於上位置之狀態下,作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之吸引磁力之大小遠超過來自第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之下端側之N極部211之吸引力,藉此,上軸部152自靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置朝遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖2)之開放位置移動。藉此,第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110自截至當時為止之保持位置配置至開放位置。其結果,成為由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第2磁鐵配置步驟)。 In addition, when the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 contact the support substrate W, the control device 3 controls the second lifting unit 128, and as shown in FIG. The second open permanent magnet 127 rises toward the upper position and is disposed at the upper position. As the second open permanent magnet 127 rises, the upper surface of the second open permanent magnet 127 approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B. Thereby, an attractive magnetic force is generated to the second driving permanent magnet 156B, and an attractive force is generated between the second driving permanent magnet 156B and the second open permanent magnet 127. In the state where the second open permanent magnet 127 is arranged in the upper position, the magnitude of the attraction magnetic force acting on the second driving permanent magnet 156B far exceeds the attractive force from the N-pole portion 211 on the lower end side of the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B. As a result, the upper shaft portion 152 moves from a holding position close to the rotation axis A1 to an open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 2). Thereby, the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are arranged from the holding position to the opening position until then. As a result, the support substrate W is brought into contact with the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 (second magnet arrangement step).

若自FOM之吐出開始起經過既定之期間,則FOM供給步驟(T6)結束。具體而言,控制裝置3將藥液閥15關閉,而停止自藥液噴嘴6吐出FOM。又,控制裝置3使藥液噴嘴6自中央位置朝起始位置移動。藉此,藥液噴嘴6自基板W之上方退避。 When a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the discharge of the FOM, the FOM supply step (T6) ends. Specifically, the control device 3 closes the chemical liquid valve 15 and stops discharging the FOM from the chemical liquid nozzle 6. In addition, the control device 3 moves the chemical liquid nozzle 6 from the center position toward the starting position. As a result, the chemical liquid nozzle 6 retracts from above the substrate W.

FOM供給步驟(T6)結束後,緊接著開始向基板W之背面Wb供給作為淋洗液之水(T7:淋洗步驟,處理液供給步驟)。 Immediately after the FOM supply step (T6) is completed, the supply of water as the eluent to the back surface Wb of the substrate W is started (T7: eluent step, processing solution supply step).

淋洗步驟(T7)、刷清洗步驟(T8)及最終淋洗步驟(T9)如圖27F~27I所示,分別為與第1實施形態之淋洗步驟(S7)、刷清洗步驟(S8)及最終淋洗步驟(S9)同等之步驟。 The leaching step (T7), the brush cleaning step (T8), and the final leaching step (T9) are shown in FIGS. 27F to 27I, which are the leaching step (S7) and the brush cleaning step (S8) of the first embodiment, respectively. It is the same step as the final rinse step (S9).

於淋洗步驟(T7)中,於其中之一部分期間,並非利用6根可動銷110而利用3根可動銷110支撐基板W。進而,對由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態與由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態進行切換。 In the rinsing step (T7), the substrate W is supported by the three movable pins 110 instead of the six movable pins 110 during one of them. Further, a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are in contact with the support substrate W and a state in which the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W are switched.

具體而言,於藉由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W時,控制裝置3控制第1升降單元126,而如圖27D所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第1開放永久磁鐵125朝向上位置上升,並配置於該上位置。隨著第1開放永久磁鐵125上升,而第1開放永久磁鐵125之上表面向第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A接近。藉此,對第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A產生吸引磁力,而於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A與第1開放永久磁鐵125之間產生吸引力。於第1開放永久磁鐵125配置於上位置之狀態下,作用於第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之吸引磁力之大小遠超過來自第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之下端側之S極部212之吸引力,藉此,上軸 部152自靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置朝遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖2)之開放位置移動。藉此,第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110自截至當時為止之保持位置配置至開放位置。其結果,成為由第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第1磁鐵配置步驟)。 Specifically, when the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are in contact with the support substrate W, the control device 3 controls the first lifting unit 126, and as shown in FIG. The first open permanent magnet 125 at the position rises toward the upper position and is arranged at the upper position. As the first open permanent magnet 125 rises, the upper surface of the first open permanent magnet 125 approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A. Thereby, an attractive magnetic force is generated to the first driving permanent magnet 156A, and an attractive force is generated between the first driving permanent magnet 156A and the first open permanent magnet 125. In a state where the first open permanent magnet 125 is arranged in the upper position, the magnitude of the attractive magnetic force acting on the first driving permanent magnet 156A is far larger than the attractive force from the S pole portion 212 on the lower end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A. By this, the upper axis The portion 152 moves from a holding position near the rotation axis A1 to an open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 2). Accordingly, the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 are arranged from the holding position to the opening position until then. As a result, the support substrate W is brought into contact with the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 (first magnet arrangement step).

又,於藉由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W時,控制裝置3控制第2升降單元128,而如圖27E所示,使截至當時為止位於下位置之第2開放永久磁鐵127朝向上位置上升,並配置於該上位置。隨著第2開放永久磁鐵127上升,而第2開放永久磁鐵127之上表面向第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B接近。藉此,對第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B產生吸引磁力,而於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B與第2開放永久磁鐵127之間產生吸引力。於第2開放永久磁鐵127配置於上位置之狀態下,作用於第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之吸引磁力之大小遠超過來自第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之下端側之N極部211之吸引力,藉此,上軸部152自靠近旋轉軸線A1之保持位置朝遠離旋轉軸線A1(參照圖2)之開放位置移動。藉此,第2可動銷群112中包含之3根可動銷110自截至當時為止之保持位置配置至開放位置。其結果,成為由第1可動銷群111中包含之3根可動銷110接觸支撐基板W之狀態(第2磁鐵配置步驟)。 In addition, when the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 contact the support substrate W, the control device 3 controls the second lifting unit 128, and as shown in FIG. The second open permanent magnet 127 rises toward the upper position and is disposed at the upper position. As the second open permanent magnet 127 rises, the upper surface of the second open permanent magnet 127 approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B. Thereby, an attractive magnetic force is generated to the second driving permanent magnet 156B, and an attractive force is generated between the second driving permanent magnet 156B and the second open permanent magnet 127. In the state where the second open permanent magnet 127 is arranged in the upper position, the magnitude of the attraction magnetic force acting on the second driving permanent magnet 156B far exceeds the attractive force from the N-pole portion 211 on the lower end side of the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B. As a result, the upper shaft portion 152 moves from a holding position close to the rotation axis A1 to an open position away from the rotation axis A1 (see FIG. 2). Thereby, the three movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 are arranged from the holding position to the opening position until then. As a result, the support substrate W is brought into contact with the three movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 (second magnet arrangement step).

若自淋洗液之吐出開始起經過既定之期間,則繼而進行使基板W乾燥之旋轉乾燥步驟(步驟T10)。具體而言,控制裝置3控制旋轉驅動單元17,藉此,如圖27J所示,使基板W加速至較自FOM供給步驟(T6)至最終淋洗步驟(T9)之旋轉速度大之乾燥旋 轉速度(例如數千rpm),使基板W以乾燥旋轉速度旋轉。藉此,對基板W上之液體施加較大之離心力,而將附著於基板W之液體甩至基板W之周圍。以此方式,自基板W去除液體,而使基板W乾燥。此時,基板W由6根可動銷110固持,因此,可一面牢固地保持基板W一面使基板W高速旋轉。於本實施形態中,保持保護盤115配置於接近位置之狀態而執行旋轉乾燥步驟(T10)。 When a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the eluent discharge, a spin-drying step of drying the substrate W is performed (step T10). Specifically, the control device 3 controls the rotation driving unit 17, thereby, as shown in FIG. 27J, the substrate W is accelerated to a dry rotation speed higher than the rotation speed from the FOM supply step (T6) to the final rinse step (T9). The rotation speed (for example, several thousand rpm) causes the substrate W to rotate at a dry rotation speed. Thereby, a large centrifugal force is applied to the liquid on the substrate W, and the liquid adhered to the substrate W is thrown around the substrate W. In this manner, the liquid is removed from the substrate W, and the substrate W is dried. At this time, the substrate W is held by the six movable pins 110. Therefore, the substrate W can be rotated at a high speed while the substrate W is firmly held. In the present embodiment, the spin-drying step (T10) is performed while the protective disk 115 is arranged at the close position.

繼而,若基板W之高速旋轉開始之後經過既定之期間,則控制裝置3藉由控制旋轉驅動單元17而使利用旋轉夾頭5之基板W之旋轉停止(步驟T11)。 Then, if a predetermined period elapses after the high-speed rotation of the substrate W is started, the control device 3 controls the rotation drive unit 17 to stop the rotation of the substrate W using the rotary chuck 5 (step T11).

繼而,控制裝置3藉由控制第3升降單元130而使第2上浮用磁鐵129朝下方位置下降(步驟T12)。藉此,第2上浮用磁鐵129與第1上浮用磁鐵160之間之距離擴大,而其等之間之磁斥力逐漸減少。伴隨於此,而保護盤115朝向旋轉台107之上表面下降。藉此,於保護盤115之上表面與基板W之表面Wa(下表面)之間確保僅能夠使中心機械手CR之手部H2進入之空間。 Then, the control device 3 controls the third lifting unit 130 to lower the second floating magnet 129 to a lower position (step T12). Thereby, the distance between the second floating magnet 129 and the first floating magnet 160 is increased, and the magnetic repulsive force between them is gradually reduced. Along with this, the protection plate 115 is lowered toward the upper surface of the turntable 107. Thereby, a space is secured between the upper surface of the protection disc 115 and the surface Wa (lower surface) of the substrate W so that only the hand H2 of the center robot CR can enter.

又,隨著保護盤115自接近位置朝下位置下降,而第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之下端側之S極部212遠離第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A,代替此而使第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A之上端側之N極部211向第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A接近。又,隨著保護盤115自接近位置朝下位置下降,而第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之下端側之N極部211遠離第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B,代替此而使第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B之上端側之S極部212向第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B接近。藉此,所有可動銷110自保持位置朝開放位置被驅動,並保持於其開放位置。藉此,將基板W之握持解除。 In addition, as the protection plate 115 is lowered from the approach position to the lower position, the S pole portion 212 on the lower end side of the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A is away from the first driving permanent magnet 156A. Instead, the first switch switching permanent magnet is replaced. The N-pole portion 211 on the upper end side of 210A approaches the first driving permanent magnet 156A. In addition, as the protection plate 115 is lowered from the approach position to the lower position, the N-pole portion 211 on the lower end side of the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B is separated from the second driving permanent magnet 156B. The S pole portion 212 on the upper end side of 210B approaches the second driving permanent magnet 156B. Thereby, all the movable pins 110 are driven from the holding position toward the open position, and are held in the open position. Thereby, the holding of the substrate W is released.

繼而,將基板W自處理腔室4內搬出(參照圖27K,步驟T13),所搬出之基板W藉由翻轉單元TU而翻轉(步驟T14)。步驟T13、T14之步驟分別為與圖17所示之步驟S13、S14同等之步驟,因此,省略說明。其後,清洗處理過之基板W係以其表面Wa朝上之狀態收容至載體C,並自基板處理裝置1朝向曝光裝置等後處理裝置搬送。 Then, the substrate W is carried out from the processing chamber 4 (see FIG. 27K, step T13), and the carried-out substrate W is turned by the turning unit TU (step T14). Steps T13 and T14 are respectively equivalent to steps S13 and S14 shown in FIG. 17, and therefore descriptions thereof are omitted. Thereafter, the cleaned and processed substrate W is accommodated in the carrier C with its surface Wa facing upward, and is conveyed from the substrate processing apparatus 1 to a post-processing apparatus such as an exposure apparatus.

根據以上情況,根據第2實施形態,除發揮關於第1實施形態所說明之作用效果以外,亦發揮如下作用效果。 Based on the above, according to the second embodiment, in addition to the functions and effects described in the first embodiment, the following functions and effects are exhibited.

即,以可與保護盤115一同升降之方式設置有第1及第2開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B。因此,伴隨利用第3升降單元130之保護盤115之升降動作而使開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B升降。藉此,無須另外設置第1及第2開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B之驅動用之升降單元,藉此,可謀求裝置構成之簡化及成本降低。 That is, the first and second switch-switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B are provided so as to be able to be raised and lowered together with the protection plate 115. Therefore, the switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B are raised and lowered in accordance with the raising and lowering operation of the protection plate 115 of the third raising and lowering unit 130. Thereby, it is not necessary to separately provide a lifting unit for driving the first and second switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B, thereby simplifying the device configuration and reducing the cost.

又,可動銷110僅於旋轉處理時(步驟T5~步驟T11)位於保持位置即可,無須始終位於保持位置。又,於旋轉處理時(步驟T5~步驟T11),保護盤115位於接近位置。即,僅於保護盤115位於接近位置時,可動銷110才必須位於保持位置,於保護盤115位於下位置時,可動銷110亦可位於開放位置。因此,於本實施形態中,於保護盤115位於接近位置時,藉由開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B之作用將所有可動銷110保持於保持位置,於保護盤115位於下位置時,藉由開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B之作用將所有可動銷110保持於開放位置。藉此,可不損壞保護盤115之功能而使可動銷110良好地開關。 In addition, the movable pin 110 only needs to be located in the holding position during the rotation processing (step T5 to step T11), and need not always be in the holding position. During the rotation process (step T5 to step T11), the protection plate 115 is located at the close position. That is, the movable pin 110 must be in the holding position only when the protection disc 115 is in the close position, and the movable pin 110 can also be in the open position when the protection disc 115 is in the lower position. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the protection plate 115 is in the close position, all the movable pins 110 are held in the holding position by switching the roles of the permanent magnets 210A and 210B, and when the protection plate 115 is in the lower position, the switch is opened by the switch. Switching the roles of the permanent magnets 210A and 210B keeps all the movable pins 110 in the open position. Thereby, the movable pin 110 can be opened and closed well without damaging the function of the protection disk 115.

又,藉由1個開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B(第1開關切換永久磁鐵210A或第2開關切換永久磁鐵210B)之上下移動,不僅進行相對應之可動銷110之開動作,亦進行該可動銷110之關動作。藉此,與個別地設置銷開放用之磁鐵與銷封閉用之磁鐵之情形相比,可謀求用於銷開關之磁鐵之個數之減少。 In addition, by one switch switching permanent magnet 210A, 210B (the first switch switching permanent magnet 210A or the second switch switching permanent magnet 210B) moving up and down, not only the corresponding opening operation of the movable pin 110 is performed, but also the movable The action of the pin 110. As a result, the number of magnets used for the pin switch can be reduced compared with the case where the magnets for the pin opening and the magnets for the pin closing are separately provided.

又,於第2實施形態之處理液處理例中,於FOM供給步驟(T6)及淋洗步驟(T7)中,一面向基板W供給藥液(FOM),一面每隔1次或複數次進行僅利用第1可動銷群111之基板W之支撐與僅利用第2可動銷群112之基板W之支撐。然而,於第2實施形態中,亦可不進行此種基板之交換保持。 Moreover, in the processing liquid processing example of the second embodiment, in the FOM supply step (T6) and the rinsing step (T7), the chemical liquid (FOM) is supplied to the substrate W, and it is performed every one or more times. The support using only the substrate W of the first movable pin group 111 and the support using only the substrate W of the second movable pin group 112. However, in the second embodiment, such a substrate may not be exchanged and held.

如上所述,於本第2實施形態中,可藉由利用第3升降單元130使保護盤115升降而切換可動銷110之開關。因此,於基板處理中不進行利用2個可動銷群111、112之基板W之交換保持之情形時,亦可廢除開放永久磁鐵125、127及封閉永久磁鐵121、122之構成。於該情形時,當然亦廢除第1及第2升降單元126、128之構成。 As described above, in the second embodiment, the switch of the movable pin 110 can be switched by raising and lowering the protection plate 115 by the third lifting unit 130. Therefore, when the substrate W is not exchanged and held by the two movable pin groups 111 and 112 during the substrate processing, the configurations of the open permanent magnets 125 and 127 and the closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 may be eliminated. In this case, of course, the configuration of the first and second lifting units 126 and 128 is also abolished.

即,僅利用1個升降單元(第3升降單元130)便可進行保護盤115之升降動作與可動銷110之開關動作之兩者,藉此,可省略零件件數而謀求基板處理裝置1之成本降低。 That is, both the lifting operation of the protection plate 115 and the opening and closing operation of the movable pin 110 can be performed by using only one lifting unit (third lifting unit 130), whereby the number of parts can be omitted and the substrate processing apparatus 1 can be obtained. Reduce costs.

又,於本第2實施形態中,第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之磁極方向與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之磁極方向係於與旋轉軸線正交之方向上互不相同,因此,設置有於上下方向上磁極方向彼此相反之第1及第2開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B。然而,於第2實施形態中,亦可使第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之磁極方向與第2 驅動用永久磁鐵156B之磁極方向於與旋轉軸線正交之方向上一致,於該情形時,亦可使第1及第2開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B於上下方向上一致。 Furthermore, in the second embodiment, the magnetic pole direction of the first driving permanent magnet 156A and the magnetic pole direction of the second driving permanent magnet 156B are different from each other in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis. The first and second switches of the magnetic pole directions opposite to each other in the vertical direction switch the permanent magnets 210A and 210B. However, in the second embodiment, the direction of the magnetic pole of the first driving permanent magnet 156A may be different from that of the second driving permanent magnet 156A. The magnetic pole direction of the driving permanent magnet 156B is aligned in a direction orthogonal to the rotation axis. In this case, the first and second switch switching permanent magnets 210A and 210B may be aligned in the vertical direction.

又,於第2實施形態中,可與保護盤115一體升降地設置之磁鐵亦可不為用以切換可動銷110之開放及封閉之開關切換永久磁鐵210A、210B,只要為進行可動銷110之開放動作及封閉動作之任一動作者即可。 Also, in the second embodiment, the permanent magnets 210A and 210B may not be switched by the magnets that can be integrated with the protection plate 115 to be raised and lowered integrally, as long as the movable pins 110 are opened. Either an action or a closed action is sufficient.

以上,對本發明之2個實施形態進行了說明,但本案發明亦能夠以進而其他之形態實施。 The two embodiments of the present invention have been described above, but the present invention can be implemented in still other forms.

例如,於第1及第2實施形態中,亦可將第1開放永久磁鐵125及第2開放永久磁鐵127分別設置成於與旋轉軸線A1同軸之俯視時為雙重圓環狀。於該情形時,第1及第2升降永久磁鐵之一者以包圍第1及第2升降永久磁鐵之另一者之外周之方式配置。又,於該情形時,各第1及第2升降永久磁鐵亦可沿圓周方向呈間斷狀地設置。 For example, in the first and second embodiments, each of the first open permanent magnet 125 and the second open permanent magnet 127 may be provided in a double annular shape in a plan view coaxial with the rotation axis A1. In this case, one of the first and second lifting permanent magnets is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the other of the first and second lifting permanent magnets. In this case, each of the first and second lifting permanent magnets may be provided intermittently in the circumferential direction.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,設為第1及第2開放永久磁鐵125、127之磁極方向沿著上下方向而進行了說明,但第1開放永久磁鐵125之磁極方向亦可為相對於可動銷110之旋轉軸線A3正交之方向。 In addition, in the first and second embodiments, it has been described that the magnetic pole directions of the first and second open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are along the vertical direction, but the magnetic pole direction of the first open permanent magnet 125 may be A direction orthogonal to the rotation axis A3 of the movable pin 110.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,設為藉由產生於第1開放永久磁鐵125與第1驅動用永久磁鐵156A之間之吸引磁力、及產生於第2開放永久磁鐵127與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之間之吸引磁力使驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B驅動者而進行了說明,但亦可藉由產生於第1開放永久磁鐵125與第1驅動用永久磁鐵 156A之間之排斥磁力及/或產生於第2開放永久磁鐵127與第2驅動用永久磁鐵156B之間之排斥磁力而使驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B驅動。 In the first and second embodiments, it is assumed that an attractive magnetic force is generated between the first open permanent magnet 125 and the first drive permanent magnet 156A, and the second open permanent magnet 127 and the second open magnet are generated. The driving force of the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B was explained by the attractive magnetic force between the driving permanent magnets 156B. However, the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B may be driven by the first open permanent magnets 125 and the first driving permanent magnets. The repulsive magnetic force between 156A and / or the repulsive magnetic force generated between the second open permanent magnet 127 and the second driving permanent magnet 156B drives the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,設置有第1及第2封閉永久磁鐵121、122作為將驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B施壓至保持位置之施壓單元,但亦可設置將驅動用永久磁鐵156A、156B施壓至保持位置之彈簧等彈性推壓單元而代替第1及第2封閉永久磁鐵121、122。 Further, in the first and second embodiments, the first and second closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 are provided as pressing means for pressing the driving permanent magnets 156A and 156B to the holding position, but it is also possible to provide a driving force Instead of the first and second closed permanent magnets 121 and 122, elastic pressing means such as a spring that presses the permanent magnets 156A and 156B to the holding position.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,將可動銷110之個數設為6個,但亦可設為6個以上。於該情形時,只要可動銷110之個數為偶數個,便可將第1可動銷群111中包含之可動銷110之個數與第2可動銷群112中包含之可動銷110之個數設為彼此相同之數量,就佈局之觀點而言較為理想。例如,於將可動銷110之個數設為8個之情形時,各可動銷群111、112中包含之可動銷之個數成為4個,於該情形時,第1開放永久磁鐵125之個數亦為與可動銷110之個數為相同數量之4個。 In the first and second embodiments, the number of the movable pins 110 is six, but it may be six or more. In this case, as long as the number of the movable pins 110 is an even number, the number of the movable pins 110 included in the first movable pin group 111 and the number of the movable pins 110 included in the second movable pin group 112 can be changed. It is preferable that the numbers are the same as each other from the viewpoint of layout. For example, when the number of movable pins 110 is set to eight, the number of movable pins included in each of the movable pin groups 111 and 112 becomes four. In this case, the number of the first open permanent magnets 125 is one. The number is also 4 of the same number as the number of movable pins 110.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,將開放永久磁鐵125、127設為可相對於旋轉台107升降地設置之升降磁鐵,並將封閉永久磁鐵121、122設為無法相對於旋轉台107升降地設置之施壓磁鐵而進行了說明,但亦可採用該相反之構成。亦可將可相對於旋轉台107升降地設置之升降磁鐵設為封閉用磁鐵,並將無法相對於旋轉台107升降地設置之施壓磁鐵設為開放用磁鐵。 Further, in the first and second embodiments, the open permanent magnets 125 and 127 are set as lifting magnets that can be raised and lowered with respect to the turntable 107, and the closed permanent magnets 121 and 122 are set such that they cannot be moved with respect to the turntable 107. The pressurizing magnet provided in the vertical direction has been described, but the opposite configuration may be adopted. A lifting magnet that can be raised and lowered relative to the turntable 107 can be used as a closed magnet, and a pressing magnet that cannot be raised and lowered relative to the turntable 107 can be used as an open magnet.

例如,設為處理對象面為基板W之背面(器件非形成面)Wb而進行了說明,但亦可將基板W之表面(器件形成面)Wa設 為處理對象面。於該情形時,亦可廢除翻轉單元TU。 For example, it has been described that the processing target surface is the back surface (device non-formation surface) Wb of the substrate W, but the surface (device formation surface) Wa of the substrate W may be set It is the processing target surface. In this case, the turning unit TU can also be abolished.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,一連串處理液處理並不限於異物之去除,亦可以金屬之去除、埋設於膜中之雜質之去除為目的。又,一連串處理液處理亦可為蝕刻處理而並非清洗處理。 In addition, in the first and second embodiments, the series of treatment liquid treatment is not limited to the removal of foreign matter, but may also be used for the removal of metal and the removal of impurities buried in the film. Moreover, a series of processing liquid processes may be an etching process rather than a cleaning process.

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,使用FOM作為向基板W供給之藥液,但藥液係例如包含硫酸、醋酸、硝酸、鹽酸、氫氟酸、氨水、過氧化氫水、有機酸(例如檸檬酸、草酸等)、有機鹼金屬(例如,TMAH:四甲基氫氧化銨等)、有機溶劑(例如,IPA:異丙醇等)、及界面活性劑、抗腐蝕劑之至少1個的液體。 In the first and second embodiments, FOM is used as the chemical solution supplied to the substrate W, but the chemical solution includes, for example, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid, ammonia water, hydrogen peroxide water, and organic acids. (For example, citric acid, oxalic acid, etc.), organic alkali metals (for example, TMAH: tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), organic solvents (for example, IPA: isopropyl alcohol, etc.), and at least one of a surfactant and an anticorrosive Liquid.

作為向基板W供給之藥液,更佳為可使用稀釋氫氟酸(diluted hydrofluoric acid,DHF)、緩衝氫氟酸(buffered hydrofluoric acid,BHF)、SC1(包含NH4OH及H2O2之液體)、FPM(包含HF及H2O2之液體)等。即,可代替FOM供給步驟(S6、T6)而執行向基板W之處理對象面供給包含該等藥液中之1個之藥液之藥液供給步驟,作為該藥液供給步驟中使用之藥液,可使用DHF、BHF、SC1、FPM等。於使用該等液體作為藥液之情形時,基板W之處理對象面並非必須為裸矽,基板W之處理對象面亦可包含氧化膜(例如氧化矽膜)及/或氮化膜(例如氮化矽膜)。 As the chemical solution to be supplied to the substrate W, dilute hydrofluoric acid (DHF), buffered hydrofluoric acid (BHF), SC1 (including NH 4 OH and H 2 O 2 Liquid), FPM (liquid containing HF and H 2 O 2 ), etc. That is, instead of the FOM supply step (S6, T6), a chemical liquid supply step of supplying a chemical liquid containing one of these chemical liquids to the processing target surface of the substrate W may be performed as a drug used in the chemical liquid supply step. Liquid, DHF, BHF, SC1, FPM, etc. can be used. When these liquids are used as the chemical liquid, the processing target surface of the substrate W does not have to be bare silicon, and the processing target surface of the substrate W may also include an oxide film (such as a silicon oxide film) and / or a nitride film (such as nitrogen Silicon film).

又,於第1及第2實施形態中,亦可自上述各處理液處理中廢除刷清洗步驟(S8、T8)。於該情形時,無進行最終淋洗步驟(S9、T9)之必要性,因此,亦可將最終淋洗步驟(S9、T9)一併廢除。 Further, in the first and second embodiments, the brush cleaning step (S8, T8) may be eliminated from each of the treatment liquid treatments described above. In this case, it is not necessary to perform the final leaching step (S9, T9), and therefore, the final leaching step (S9, T9) can be eliminated together.

又,設為處理對象面為基板W之上表面而進行了說明,但亦可將基板W之下表面設為處理對象面。於該情形時,向 基板W之下表面供給處理液,但藉由容許於基板W之周緣部之基板支撐位置自基板W之下表面向基板W之上表面流回,而可使用處理液不產生處理殘留物地良好地對基板W之周緣部進行處理。 In addition, although the description has been given assuming that the processing target surface is the upper surface of the substrate W, the lower surface of the substrate W may be the processing target surface. In that case, report to The processing liquid is supplied to the lower surface of the substrate W, but the substrate is allowed to flow back from the lower surface of the substrate W to the upper surface of the substrate W by the substrate supporting position on the peripheral portion of the substrate W, and the processing liquid can be used without causing any processing residue The peripheral portion of the substrate W is processed on the ground.

又,對基板處理裝置1為對圓板狀之半導體基板進行處理之裝置之情形進行了說明,但基板處理裝置1亦可為對液晶顯示裝置用玻璃基板等多邊形之基板進行處理之裝置。 In addition, the case where the substrate processing apparatus 1 is a device for processing a disc-shaped semiconductor substrate has been described, but the substrate processing apparatus 1 may be a device for processing a polygonal substrate such as a glass substrate for a liquid crystal display device.

對本發明之實施形態詳細進行了說明,但該等只不過是用於使本發明之技術內容明確之具體例,本發明不應限定於該等具體例而進行解釋,本發明之範圍僅由隨附之申請專利範圍限定。 The embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail, but these are only specific examples for clarifying the technical content of the present invention, and the present invention should not be limited to these specific examples for explanation. The scope of the present invention is only limited by The scope of the attached patent is limited.

本申請案係與於2015年9月29日向日本專利廳提交之日本專利特願2015-192155號、及於2016年2月19日向日本專利廳提交之日本專利特願2016-30154號分別對應,該等申請案之所有揭示藉由引用而併入於本文中。 This application corresponds to Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-192155 filed with Japan Patent Office on September 29, 2015, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-30154 filed with Japan Patent Office on February 19, 2016, All disclosures of these applications are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (10)

一種基板保持旋轉裝置,其包含:旋轉台;旋轉驅動單元,其使上述旋轉台繞沿著鉛垂方向之旋轉軸線旋轉;及可動銷,其係用以將基板水平地支撐之複數根可動銷,具有可移動地設置於遠離上述旋轉軸線之較遠之開放位置與靠近上述旋轉軸線之保持位置之間的支撐部,且以與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉之方式設置;上述複數根可動銷包含:第1可動銷群,其包含至少3根可動銷;及第2可動銷群,其與第1可動銷群分開地設置,且包含至少3根可動銷;該基板保持旋轉裝置進而包含:施壓單元,其將各可動銷之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之一者;第1驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第1可動銷群而安裝,且具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上彼此相同之磁極方向;第2驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第2可動銷群而安裝,且具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上與上述第1驅動用磁鐵相反之磁極方向;第1移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般之磁極方向,藉由該斥力或該吸引力,將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之另一者;第2移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般之磁極方向,藉由該斥力或該吸引力,將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之上述另一者;第1相對移動單元,其使上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台,在上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第1位置、和上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第2位置之間相對移動;及第2相對移動單元,其使上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台獨立於上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動,而在上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第3位置、和上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第4位置之間相對移動;上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別於該第1及第2移動磁鐵位於上述第1或第3位置且上述旋轉台之旋轉狀態下,形成伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之各可動銷能夠通過並且與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之磁場產生區域,上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別設置有彼此為相同數量之複數個,上述複數個第1移動磁鐵及上述複數個第2移動磁鐵係於俯視時於上述旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地、且以整體上成為與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之方式配置。A substrate holding and rotating device includes: a rotating table; a rotation driving unit that rotates the rotating table about a rotation axis in a vertical direction; and a movable pin, which is a plurality of movable pins for horizontally supporting a substrate. Having a support portion movably disposed between an open position far from the rotation axis and a holding position close to the rotation axis, and provided in a manner to rotate around the rotation axis together with the rotation table; the plurality of roots The movable pin includes: a first movable pin group including at least three movable pins; and a second movable pin group provided separately from the first movable pin group and including at least three movable pins; the substrate holds the rotation device and further Including: a pressing unit that presses the support portion of each movable pin to one of the open position and the held position; a first driving magnet that is installed corresponding to each first movable pin group and has a The magnetic pole directions are the same as each other in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis; the second driving magnet is mounted corresponding to each second movable pin group, and has A magnetic pole direction opposite to the first driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis; the first moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis The repulsive force or attractive force is applied to the magnetic pole direction between the first driving magnet and the first driving magnet, and the supporting part of the first movable pin group is pressed to the open position and held by the repulsive force or the attractive force. The other position; the second moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a repulsive force or an attractive force between the second driving magnet and the second driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis. In the magnetic pole direction, the supporting part of the second movable pin group is pressed to the other of the open position and the holding position by the repulsive force or the attractive force; the first relative moving unit makes the first The moving magnet and the turntable, a first position that imparts the repulsive force or the attractive force between the first moving magnet and the first driving magnet, and the first moving magnet Relative movement between the second position where the first driving magnet does not impart the repulsive force and the attractive force; and a second relative movement unit that separates the second moving magnet and the turntable from the first moving magnet and A third position where the reciprocating force or the attractive force is provided between the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet, and the second moving magnet is between the second driving magnet and the second driving magnet Relative movement between the fourth position that does not impart the repulsive force and the attractive force; the first and second moving magnets are located at the first or third position and the rotary table In a rotating state, a ring-shaped magnetic field generating region is formed in which each movable pin that rotates with the rotation of the rotary table can pass and is coaxial with the rotation axis. The first and second moving magnets are respectively provided with the same number of each other. A plurality of the plurality of first moving magnets and the plurality of second moving magnets alternate with each other in the circumferential direction of the turntable in a plan view, and become the same as a whole. Said circular configuration concentric to the axis of rotation of the annular mode. 如請求項1之基板保持旋轉裝置,其中,上述第1可動銷群包含與上述第2可動銷群相同數量之上述可動銷,上述第1及第2可動銷群係於上述旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地、且以各可動銷群中包含之複數根可動銷成為等間隔之方式配置,上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別以與各可動銷群中包含之上述可動銷之數量相同之數量,於上述旋轉台之圓周方向等間隔地配置。For example, the substrate holding rotating device of claim 1, wherein the first movable pin group includes the same number of the movable pins as the second movable pin group, and the first and second movable pin groups are in a circumferential direction of the rotary table. The first and second moving magnets are arranged alternately and at equal intervals so that the plurality of movable pins included in each movable pin group are the same as the number of the movable pins included in each movable pin group. , Arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the rotary table. 如請求項1之基板保持旋轉裝置,其中,上述施壓單元進而包含:第1施壓用磁鐵,其用以藉由於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力而將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之上述一者;及第2施壓用磁鐵,其用以藉由於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力而將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之上述一者。The substrate holding and rotating device according to claim 1, wherein the pressure applying unit further includes: a first pressure-applying magnet for applying the repulsive force or attractive force to the first drive magnet to make the first The support portion of the movable pin group is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position; and a second pressure magnet is used to provide repulsive force or attractive force with the second drive magnet. The support portion of the second movable pin group is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position. 如請求項3之基板保持旋轉裝置,其中,上述第1及第2施壓用磁鐵係以相對於上述旋轉台無法相對移動之方式設置。For example, the substrate holding and rotating device of claim 3, wherein the first and second pressing magnets are provided so as to be unable to move relative to the rotary table. 如請求項3之基板保持旋轉裝置,其進而包含保護盤,該保護盤係配置於上述旋轉台與基於上述複數根可動銷之基板保持位置之間,以可在下位置與於相較下位置更靠上方接近上述保持構件所保持之基板之下表面的接近位置之間,相對於上述旋轉台相對地上下移動,並與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉的方式,安裝於上述旋轉台;上述第1及第2施壓用磁鐵係以可與上述保護盤一同上下移動之方式設置。For example, the substrate holding and rotating device of claim 3 further includes a protective disk, which is disposed between the above-mentioned turntable and the substrate holding position based on the plurality of movable pins, so that it can be more in the lower position than in the lower position. At a position close to the lower surface of the substrate held by the holding member above, it is mounted on the rotary table in such a manner that it moves up and down relative to the rotary table and rotates with the rotary table about the rotation axis; The first and second pressing magnets are provided so as to be movable up and down together with the protective disk. 如請求項1之基板保持旋轉裝置,其中,上述開放位置及上述保持位置之上述一者係上述保持位置,上述開放位置及上述保持位置之上述另一者係上述開放位置。In the substrate holding and rotating device according to claim 1, wherein one of the open position and the holding position is the holding position, and the other of the opening position and the holding position is the open position. 如請求項1之基板保持旋轉裝置,其進而包含:保護盤,其係配置於上述旋轉台與基於上述複數根可動銷之基板保持位置之間,以可在下位置與於相較下位置更靠上方接近上述保持構件所保持之基板之下表面之接近位置之間,相對於上述旋轉台相對地上下移動,並與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉的方式,安裝於上述旋轉台;第1上浮用磁鐵,其安裝於上述保護盤;第2上浮用磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,且對上述第1上浮用磁鐵賦予斥力;及第3相對移動單元,其使上述第2上浮用磁鐵與上述旋轉台,獨立於上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動及上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動之各者,而以上述第1上浮用磁鐵與上述第2上浮用磁鐵之間之距離變化之方式相對移動。For example, the substrate holding and rotating device of claim 1 further includes: a protection disc, which is arranged between the rotating table and the substrate holding position based on the plurality of movable pins so as to be closer to the lower position than to the lower position. At a position close to the lower surface of the substrate held by the holding member above, it is mounted on the rotary table in such a manner that it moves up and down relative to the rotary table and rotates with the rotary table about the rotation axis; A floating magnet is mounted on the protection disk; a second floating magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and a repulsive force is given to the first floating magnet; and a third relative moving unit is configured to cause the second floating magnet And the rotary table are independent of each of the relative movement of the first moving magnet and the rotary table and the relative movement of the second moving magnet and the rotary table, and the first floating magnet and the second floating magnet are used separately. The distance between the magnets changes in a relative manner. 一種基板處理裝置,其包含:請求項1至7中任一項之基板保持旋轉裝置;及處理液供給單元,其對由上述基板保持旋轉裝置保持之基板之主面供給處理液。A substrate processing apparatus includes: the substrate holding and rotating device according to any one of claims 1 to 7; and a processing liquid supply unit that supplies a processing liquid to a main surface of a substrate held by the substrate holding and rotating device. 如請求項8之基板處理裝置,其進而包含對上述旋轉驅動單元、上述處理液供給單元、上述第1相對移動單元及上述第2相對移動單元進行控制的控制裝置,上述控制裝置執行:旋轉台旋轉步驟,其使上述旋轉台繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉;處理液供給步驟,其對伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之基板供給處理液;第1磁鐵配置步驟,其與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第1位置,且將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第4位置;及第2磁鐵配置步驟,其於不執行上述第1磁鐵配置步驟時,與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第3位置,且將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第2位置。For example, the substrate processing apparatus of claim 8 further includes a control device that controls the rotation driving unit, the processing liquid supply unit, the first relative movement unit, and the second relative movement unit. The control device executes: a rotary table. A rotation step that rotates the rotary table about the rotation axis; a processing liquid supply step that supplies a processing liquid to a substrate that rotates with the rotation of the rotary table; a first magnet disposition step that is the same as the rotary table rotation step and the above The processing liquid supplying step is arranged in parallel with the relative position of the first moving magnet and the turntable at the first position, and the relative position of the second moving magnet and the turntable at the fourth position; and 2 magnet arrangement steps, in which, when the first magnet arrangement step is not performed, in parallel with the rotation stage rotation step and the processing liquid supply step, the relative position of the second moving magnet and the rotation stage is arranged at the third place Position, and the relative position of the first moving magnet and the turntable is arranged at the second position. 一種基板處理方法,其係於包含基板保持旋轉裝置及對保持於上述基板保持旋轉裝置之基板供給處理液之處理液供給單元的基板處理裝置中執行之基板處理方法,上述基板保持旋轉裝置包含:旋轉台;旋轉驅動單元,其使上述旋轉台繞沿著鉛垂方向之旋轉軸線旋轉;及可動銷,其係用以將基板水平地支撐之複數根可動銷,具有可移動地設置於遠離上述旋轉軸線之較遠之開放位置與靠近上述旋轉軸線之保持位置之間的支撐部,且以與上述旋轉台一同繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉之方式設置;上述複數根可動銷包含:第1可動銷群,其包含至少3根可動銷;及第2可動銷群,其與第1可動銷群分開地設置,且包含至少3根可動銷;該基板保持旋轉裝置進而包含:施壓單元,其將各可動銷之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之一者;第1驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第1可動銷群而安裝,且具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上彼此相同之磁極方向;第2驅動用磁鐵,其對應於各第2可動銷群而安裝,且具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上與上述第1驅動用磁鐵相反之磁極方向;第1移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,藉由該斥力或該吸引力,將上述第1可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之另一者;第2移動磁鐵,其以非旋轉狀態設置,具有在與沿著上述旋轉軸線之軸線正交之方向上於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予斥力或吸引力般的磁極方向,藉由該斥力或該吸引力,將上述第2可動銷群之上述支撐部施壓至上述開放位置及上述保持位置之上述另一者;第1相對移動單元,其使上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台在上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第1位置、和上述第1移動磁鐵於與上述第1驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第2位置之間相對移動;及第2相對移動單元,其使上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台獨立於上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對移動,而在上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間賦予上述斥力或上述吸引力之第3位置、和上述第2移動磁鐵於與上述第2驅動用磁鐵之間不賦予上述斥力及上述吸引力之第4位置之間相對移動;上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別於該第1及第2移動磁鐵位於上述第1或第3位置且上述旋轉台之旋轉狀態下,形成伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之各可動銷能夠通過並且與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之磁場產生區域,上述第1及第2移動磁鐵分別設置有彼此為相同數量之複數個,上述複數個第1移動磁鐵及上述複數個第2移動磁鐵係於俯視時於上述旋轉台之圓周方向上交替地、且以整體上成為與上述旋轉軸線同軸之圓環狀之方式配置該基板處理方法中,上述控制裝置實施如下步驟:旋轉台旋轉步驟,其係使上述旋轉台繞上述旋轉軸線旋轉;處理液供給步驟,其對伴隨上述旋轉台之旋轉而旋轉之基板供給處理液;第1磁鐵配置步驟,其與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第1位置,且將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第4位置;及第2磁鐵配置步驟,其於不執行上述第1磁鐵配置步驟時,與上述旋轉台旋轉步驟及上述處理液供給步驟並行地,將上述第2移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第3位置,且將上述第1移動磁鐵與上述旋轉台之相對位置配置於上述第2位置。A substrate processing method, which is a substrate processing method performed in a substrate processing apparatus including a substrate holding and rotating device and a processing liquid supply unit for supplying a processing liquid to a substrate held on the substrate holding and rotating device, the substrate holding and rotating device includes: A rotary table; a rotary drive unit that rotates the rotary table about a rotation axis in a vertical direction; and a movable pin, which is a plurality of movable pins for horizontally supporting a substrate, and is movably disposed away from the above The support portion between a relatively open position of the rotation axis and a holding position close to the rotation axis is provided in a manner to rotate around the rotation axis together with the rotation table; the plurality of movable pins include: a first movable pin group , Which includes at least 3 movable pins; and a second movable pin group, which is provided separately from the first movable pin group and includes at least 3 movable pins; the substrate holding rotating device further includes: a pressure applying unit, which The supporting part of the movable pin is pressed to one of the open position and the holding position; the first driving magnet corresponds to Each first movable pin group is mounted and has magnetic pole directions identical to each other in a direction orthogonal to an axis along the rotation axis; a second driving magnet is mounted corresponding to each second movable pin group, and It has a magnetic pole direction opposite to the first drive magnet in a direction orthogonal to the axis along the rotation axis. The first moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a positive position perpendicular to the axis along the rotation axis. In the direction of intersection, a repulsive force or attractive magnetic pole direction is imparted to the first driving magnet, and the supporting part of the first movable pin group is pressed to the open position by the repulsive force or the attractive force. And the other of the holding positions; the second moving magnet is provided in a non-rotating state and has a repulsive force or attraction between the second driving magnet and the second driving magnet in a direction orthogonal to an axis along the rotation axis. The force-like magnetic pole direction presses the supporting part of the second movable pin group to the other one of the open position and the holding position by the repulsive force or the attractive force; the first relative movement A unit that places the first moving magnet and the turntable at a first position that imparts the repulsive force or the attractive force between the first moving magnet and the first driving magnet, and the first moving magnet is in contact with the first Relative movement between the second position where the first driving magnet does not impart the repulsive force and the attractive force; and a second relative movement unit that separates the second moving magnet and the turntable from the first moving magnet and A third position where the reciprocating force or the attractive force is provided between the second moving magnet and the second driving magnet, and the second moving magnet is between the second driving magnet and the second driving magnet Relative movement between the fourth position that does not impart the repulsive force and the attractive force; the first and second moving magnets are located at the first or third position and the rotary table In the rotating state, a circular magnetic field generating region is formed in which each movable pin that rotates in accordance with the rotation of the rotary table can pass and is coaxial with the rotation axis. The first and second moving magnets are formed. The plurality of the first moving magnets and the plurality of the second moving magnets are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction of the rotary table in plan view, and are connected to the rotation axis as a whole. In the coaxial processing method of arranging the substrate, the control device implements the following steps: a rotary table rotation step, which rotates the rotary table about the rotation axis; a processing liquid supply step, which The rotating and rotating substrate supplies the processing liquid; the first magnet disposing step is arranged in parallel with the rotating table rotating step and the processing liquid supplying step, and the relative position of the first moving magnet and the rotating table is arranged at the first position And the relative position of the second moving magnet and the rotary table is arranged at the fourth position; and the second magnet arranging step, when the first magnet arranging step is not performed, is related to the rotary table rotating step and the above processing In the liquid supply step, the relative position of the second moving magnet and the turntable is arranged in the third position in parallel. The relative position of the first moving magnet and the turntable is arranged at the second position.
TW105131017A 2015-09-29 2016-09-26 Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method TWI626090B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015192155 2015-09-29
JP2015-192155 2015-09-29
JP2016-030154 2016-02-19
JP2016030154A JP6674679B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2016-02-19 Substrate holding / rotating apparatus, substrate processing apparatus having the same, and substrate processing method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201720542A TW201720542A (en) 2017-06-16
TWI626090B true TWI626090B (en) 2018-06-11

Family

ID=58495269

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105131017A TWI626090B (en) 2015-09-29 2016-09-26 Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6674679B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101911145B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107017180B (en)
TW (1) TWI626090B (en)

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6899703B2 (en) * 2017-05-29 2021-07-07 株式会社Screenホールディングス Substrate processing equipment and substrate processing method
JP7055720B2 (en) * 2018-08-10 2022-04-18 株式会社荏原製作所 Control method for board rotating device, board cleaning device, board processing device, and board rotating device
JP7282494B2 (en) * 2018-09-18 2023-05-29 株式会社Screenホールディングス SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND SUBSTRATE PROCESSING METHOD
CN111063652B (en) * 2018-10-16 2022-08-30 沈阳芯源微电子设备股份有限公司 Substrate clamping bearing table
US11312611B2 (en) * 2019-05-13 2022-04-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Hydrogen water generator
JP7386700B2 (en) * 2019-12-27 2023-11-27 株式会社Screenホールディングス Substrate processing method
CN111776280B (en) * 2020-06-04 2021-12-03 三峡大学 Rotating table suitable for cross binding and use method
JP7558043B2 (en) 2020-11-30 2024-09-30 株式会社Screenホールディングス SUBSTRATE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND SUBSTRATE PROCESSING METHOD
CN112864013B (en) * 2021-01-18 2023-10-03 长鑫存储技术有限公司 Semiconductor device processing method
CN114653660B (en) * 2022-05-20 2022-09-16 智程半导体设备科技(昆山)有限公司 Magnetic clamping block and semiconductor substrate cleaning device
KR102676174B1 (en) * 2023-04-04 2024-06-17 김태경 Semiconductor wafer chuck
CN117123567B (en) * 2023-07-25 2024-09-20 温州科菱环保科技有限公司 Intelligent vacuum plasma cleaning machine

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090090467A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Semes Co., Ltd. Spin head
US20100126539A1 (en) * 2008-11-26 2010-05-27 Semes Co., Ltd. Spin head, apparatus for treating substrate, and method for treating substrate
TW201330143A (en) * 2011-12-19 2013-07-16 Dainippon Screen Mfg Substrate holding and rotating device, substrate treatment apparatus including the device, and substrate treatment method

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4724297B2 (en) * 2000-12-26 2011-07-13 キヤノン株式会社 Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
KR100865941B1 (en) * 2006-11-28 2008-10-30 세메스 주식회사 Spin head and method for chucking/unchuking substrate using the spin head, and apparatus for treating substrate with the spin head
KR101017654B1 (en) * 2008-11-26 2011-02-25 세메스 주식회사 Substrate chucking member, substrate processing apparatus having the same and method of processing substrate using the same
US9248450B2 (en) * 2010-03-30 2016-02-02 Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. Droplet operations platform
JP5616205B2 (en) * 2010-11-29 2014-10-29 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Substrate processing system, substrate processing method, program, and computer storage medium
JP5975563B2 (en) * 2012-03-30 2016-08-23 株式会社Screenホールディングス Substrate processing apparatus and substrate processing method
JP6270268B2 (en) * 2014-02-27 2018-01-31 株式会社Screenホールディングス Substrate processing apparatus and substrate processing method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090090467A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Semes Co., Ltd. Spin head
US20100126539A1 (en) * 2008-11-26 2010-05-27 Semes Co., Ltd. Spin head, apparatus for treating substrate, and method for treating substrate
TW201330143A (en) * 2011-12-19 2013-07-16 Dainippon Screen Mfg Substrate holding and rotating device, substrate treatment apparatus including the device, and substrate treatment method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107017180B (en) 2021-02-23
JP6674679B2 (en) 2020-04-01
KR101911145B1 (en) 2018-10-23
TW201720542A (en) 2017-06-16
KR20170038171A (en) 2017-04-06
JP2017069531A (en) 2017-04-06
CN107017180A (en) 2017-08-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI626090B (en) Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method
TWI680809B (en) Substrate processing apparatus and substrate processing method
CN106952858B (en) Substrate holding and rotating device, substrate processing device, and substrate processing method
US10192771B2 (en) Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method
US9892955B2 (en) Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method
JP4976949B2 (en) Substrate processing equipment
KR101965118B1 (en) Substrate treatment method and substrate treatment device
TWI686897B (en) Substrate holding/rotating device, substrate processing apparatus including the same, and substrate processing method
JP6718714B2 (en) Substrate processing method and substrate processing apparatus
JP2016127080A (en) Substrate processing apparatus and substrate processing method
US9768042B2 (en) Substrate processing method and substrate processing apparatus
JP2010080583A (en) Device and method for processing substrate